WO2003091414A2 - Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8 - Google Patents

Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003091414A2
WO2003091414A2 PCT/US2003/013041 US0313041W WO03091414A2 WO 2003091414 A2 WO2003091414 A2 WO 2003091414A2 US 0313041 W US0313041 W US 0313041W WO 03091414 A2 WO03091414 A2 WO 03091414A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
zacrpδ
polypeptide
seq
antibody
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/013041
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2003091414A3 (en
Inventor
Christopher S. Piddington
Brian A. Fox
Paul O. Sheppard
Paul D. Bishop
Original Assignee
Zymogenetics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Zymogenetics, Inc. filed Critical Zymogenetics, Inc.
Priority to JP2003587950A priority Critical patent/JP2005530496A/en
Priority to CA002480845A priority patent/CA2480845A1/en
Priority to AU2003231773A priority patent/AU2003231773A1/en
Priority to EP03747338A priority patent/EP1504027A4/en
Publication of WO2003091414A2 publication Critical patent/WO2003091414A2/en
Publication of WO2003091414A3 publication Critical patent/WO2003091414A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4702Regulators; Modulating activity
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto

Definitions

  • Tissue remodeling may be initiated, for example, in response to many factors including physical injury, cytotoxic injury, metabolic stress or developmental stimuli. Modulation between pathology and healing (or metabolic optimization) may be done, in part, by the interaction of stimulated cells with the extracellular matrix as well as the local solvent.
  • the adipocyte complement related protein family plays a role in the interaction of cells with their environment, and appear to act at the interface of the extracellular matrix and the cell.
  • These proteins include, Acrp30 (Scherer et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:26746-49, 1995), apMl (Maeda et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Corm 221:286-9, 1996), GBP28 (Nakano et al., J. Biochem.
  • zacrp2 (Piddington et al., WO 00/63376), zacrp3 (Piddington et al., WO 00/63377), zacrp3x2 (Haldeman et al., WO 02/46417), zacrp4 (Holloway et al., WO 01/02565), zacrp5 (Piddington et al., WO 00/73444), zacrp ⁇ (Piddington et al, WO 00/73466), zacrpl3 (Fox et al., WO 02/059282), and zacrpl4 (Piddington et al, WO 03/****).
  • Complement factor Clq consists of six copies of three related polypeptides (A, B and C chains), with each polypeptide being about 225 amino acids long with a near arjcrino-terminal collagen domain and a carboxy-terminal globular region.
  • Six triple helical regions are formed by the collagen domains of the six A, six B and six C chains, forming a central region and six stalks.
  • a globular head portion is formed by association of the globular carboxy terminal domain of an A, a B and a C chain.
  • Clq is composed of six globular heads linked via six collagen-like stalks to a central fibril region. Sellar et al., Biochem. J. 274: 481-90, 1991. This configuration is often referred to as a bouquet of flowers. Acrp30 has a similar bouquet structure formed from a single type of polypeptide chain. The Clq globular domain of ACRP30 has been determined to have a 10 beta strand "jelly roll" topology (Shapiro and Scherer, Curr. Biol. 8:335-8, 1998). The structural elements such as folding topologies, conserved residues and similar trimer interfaces and intron positions are homologous to the tumor necrosis factor family suggesting a link between the TNF and Clq families.
  • hemostasis In addition, injury to the blood vessels sets in motion a series of events to repair the damage and control release of blood from the vessel. This process is known as hemostasis. Platelets play an early role in hemostasis by forming a thrombus or plug to temporarily repair the vessel damage. Platelets normally do not interact with the endothelium lining the vessel walls, but injury to blood vessels, through accident or during surgical procedures, may disrupt endothelial cells. Depending on the extent of the injury, various subendothelial elements such as collagens, elastic lamina or smooth muscle cells with associated fibrillar collagens will be exposed to the flowing blood.
  • various subendothelial elements such as collagens, elastic lamina or smooth muscle cells with associated fibrillar collagens will be exposed to the flowing blood.
  • platelets moving in the local blood flow interact with exposed subendothelium matrix containing collagen and are slowed down. Further interaction between receptors on the platelet surface and the exposed collagen layer leads to platelet binding and activation resulting in the arrest of local blood flow.
  • the bound platelets are activated and form aggregates with platelets in the passing blood flow through the formation of fibrinogen- interplatelet bridges (Moroi and Jung, Frontiers in Bioscience 5:719-28, 1998; Barnes et al., Atherosclerosis XI, Jacotot et al., eds., Elsevier Science, pp. 299-306, 1998 and Barnes et al, Curr. Opin. Hematol. 5:314-20, 1998).
  • the hemostatic response is graded and dependent on the degree of injury to the blood vessel, the specific blood vessel constituents exposed and the blood flow conditions in the injured area (Rand et al., Thrombosis and Haemostasis 78:445-50, 1997).
  • Exposure of the subendothelium matrix such as during mild vascular injury, promotes a low degree of adhesion and aggregation in areas with low blood flow conditions.
  • Injuries that result in a greater degree of vascular trauma and exposure of additional vascular constituents, such as the internal elastic lamina and elastin-associated microfibrils, will stimulate the formation of stronger platelet aggregates.
  • Severe vascular trauma exposing fibril collagens, provokes a thrombotic platelet response, which protects the victim from excessive loss of blood (Rand et al., ibid.).
  • Clq has been found to stimulate defense mechanisms as well as trigger the generation of toxic oxygen species that can cause tissue damage (Tenner, Beh ⁇ ng Inst. Mitt. 93:241-53, 1993). Clq binding sites are found on platelets. Additionally complement and Clq play a role in inflammation. The complement activation is initiated by binding of Clq to immunoglobulins
  • Proteins that play a role in cellular interaction are useful diagnostic and therapeutic agents. Proteins that mediate specific interactions, such a remodeling, would be particularly useful. Moreover, inhibitors of hemostasis would be useful for to increase blood flow following vascular injury and to pacify collagenous surfaces. Inhibitors of Clq and the complement pathway would be useful for anti-inflammatory applications, inhibition of complement activation and thrombotic activity.
  • FIG. 1 is a photograph showing BHK cells transfected with zacrp8
  • Figure 2 is a photograph showing HaCaT cells, transfected with no protein, zacrp4, or zacrp ⁇ , capability to migrate into an introduced gap after 24 hours, 48 hours, and 72 hours.
  • the present invention provides a novel adipocyte complement related protein, designated "zacrp ⁇ ".
  • the present invention also provides "zacrp ⁇ ” variant polypeptides and “zacrp8” fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins, and methods for using these nucleic acid molecules and amino acid sequences.
  • the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2 includes SEQ ID NO:2 amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, to 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330.
  • the polypeptide may be amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the polypeptide is SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is covalently linked at the amino or carboxyl terminus to a moiety selected from the group consisting of affinity tags, toxins, radionucleotides, enzymes and fluorophores.
  • the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • the polypeptide may form a polypeptide oligomer comprising at least two polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the polypeptide oligomer may be a linked by one or more intermolecular disulfide bonds.
  • the oligomer may be, for example, a trimer, hexamer, 9 mer, or 18mer.
  • the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide having at least 95 percent sequence identity with amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the polypeptide promotes wound healing.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising an isolated polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • the composition may comprise an oligomerized complex of the polypeptide.
  • the oligomerized polypeptide may be a trimer, hexamer, 9mer, or 18mer.
  • the composition may be a mixture of the oligomerized polpeptide, such as, a mixture of hexamers and trimers, wherein the mixture may be comprised, for example, of about 90 percent hexamer and about 10 percent trimer.
  • the present invention provides an antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds to a polypeptide as disclosed herein.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of a polyclonal antibody, a murine monoclonal antibody, a humanized antibody derived from a murine monoclonal antibody, an antibody fragment, and a human monoclonal antibody.
  • the antibody fragment is as disclosed above, wherein the antibody fragment is selected from the group consisting of F(ab'), F(ab), Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition unit.
  • the present invention provides an anti-idiotype antibody that specifically binds to the antibody as disclosed above.
  • the present invention provides a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion includes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1- 196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide.
  • fusion proteins of the present invention encompass an immunoglobulin fragment and a zacrp ⁇ peptide or polypeptide, as described herein.
  • the immunoglobulin moiety of such a fusion protein includes at least one constant region of an immunoglobulin.
  • the immunoglobulin moiety represents a segment of a human immunoglobulin.
  • the second portion of the fusion protein may optionally include another member of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins.
  • the present invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO:l, or a complement thereof, under hybridization conditions of 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone), and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA at about 42°C to about 70°C.
  • 5xSSC lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate
  • 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
  • 5x Denhardt's solution lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400,
  • the nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of a polypeptide.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may also encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the at the least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2 is selected from the group of amino acid residues consisting of 1 to 16, 1 to 25, 1 to 196, 1 to 330,1 to 196, 1 to 330, 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may encode a polypeptide represented by SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the present invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of: a) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO.T; and b) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:3.
  • the isolated nucleic molecule may include, for instance, nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO:3 wherein the nucleotides are selected from the group consisting of 144 to 1142, 144 to 731, 144 to 188, 189 to 1142, 189 to 731, 219 to 1142, 219 to 731, 738 to 1142, 144 to 1145, 189 to 1145, 219 to 1145 to 738 to 1145, and combinations thereof.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide, wherein the encoded polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95 percent sequence identity to amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the encoded polypeptide promotes wound healing.
  • the present invention provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion comprises a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25 of SEQ ID NO:2; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide.
  • the first portion comprises a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:
  • the present invention provides an expression vector comprising the following operably linked elements: a transcription promoter; a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide of the present invention; and a transcription terminator.
  • the present invention provides a cultured cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein, wherein said cell expresses said polypeptide encoded by said DNA segment.
  • Illustrative host cells include bacterial, yeast, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells.
  • Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce zacrp ⁇ polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the zacrp ⁇ protein, and, optionally, isolating the zacrp8 protein from the cultured recombinant host cells.
  • the present invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide comprising: culturing a cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein; whereby the cell expresses the polypeptide encoded by the DNA segment; and recovering the expressed polypeptide.
  • kits for performing these detection methods may comprise a container that comprises a nucleic acid molecule, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (c) a nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of (a) consisting of at least eight nucleotides, and (d) a nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of (b) consisting of at least eight nucleotides.
  • Illustrative nucleic acid molecules include nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotides 189 to 1142, 219 to 1142, or 738 to 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement thereof.
  • a kit may also comprise a second container that comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of the nucleic acid molecule.
  • a kit for detection of zacrp8 protein may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • nucleic acid or “nucleic acid molecule” refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action.
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., -enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both.
  • Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties.
  • Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
  • the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs.
  • modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes.
  • Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
  • nucleic acid molecule also includes so- called “peptide nucleic acids,” which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
  • nucleic acid molecule refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence.
  • sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
  • degenerate nucleotide sequence denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide.
  • Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
  • structural gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
  • An "isolated nucleic acid molecule” is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism.
  • a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule.
  • Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
  • nucleic acid molecule construct is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
  • Codon DNA is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription.
  • cDNA refers to a double- stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand.
  • cDNA also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template.
  • a “promoter” is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene.
  • a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements (DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol. Endocrinol. 7:551 (1993)), cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements (SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol.
  • DSEs differentiation-specific elements
  • CREs cyclic AMP response elements
  • SREs serum response elements
  • GREs glucocorticoid response elements
  • binding sites for other transcription factors such as CRE/ATF (O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:19938 (1992)), AP2 (Ye et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:2512 (1994)), SP1, cAMP response element binding protein (CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 3:253 (1993)) and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al., eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. (The Benjarmn/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. 1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem.
  • a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent, hi contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter.
  • Repressible promoters are also known.
  • a “core promoter” contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity.
  • An “enhancer” is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
  • Heterologous DNA refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell.
  • DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA).
  • a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule.
  • a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter.
  • a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
  • polypeptide is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as “peptides.”
  • a “protein” is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains.
  • a protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
  • a peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
  • a "cloning vector” is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell.
  • Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector. Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance. ,
  • an “expression vector” is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell.
  • an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be “operably linked to” the promoter.
  • a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
  • a "recombinant host” is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector.
  • a recombinant host is a cell that produces zacrp ⁇ from an expression vector.
  • zacrp ⁇ can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of zacrp ⁇ , and that lacks an expression vector.
  • a “fusion protein” is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes.
  • a fusion protein can comprise at least part of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix.
  • Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of zacrp8 using affinity chromatography.
  • Receptor denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand.” This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell.
  • Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g.,
  • Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor.
  • the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell.
  • Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
  • secretory signal sequence denotes a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide”) that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
  • secretory signal sequence denotes a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
  • the larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during
  • isolated polypeptide is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature.
  • a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • isolated does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
  • amino-terminal and “carboxyl-terminal” are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
  • expression refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product.
  • expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
  • splice variant is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
  • immunomodulator includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
  • complement/anti-complement pair denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions.
  • biotin and avidin are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair.
  • Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like.
  • the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 10 9 M "1 .
  • an "anti-idiotype antibody” is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin.
  • an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti-zacrp8 antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of zacrp ⁇ .
  • an “antibody fragment” is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab') 2 .
  • an anti-zacrp8 monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of zacrp ⁇ .
  • antibody fragment also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker (“scFv proteins”), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
  • scFv proteins peptide linker
  • a “chimeric antibody” is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
  • “Humanized antibodies” are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
  • a “therapeutic agent” is a molecule or atom which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
  • a “detectable label” is a molecule or atom which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis.
  • detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
  • affinity tag is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate.
  • Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al., EMBO J. 4:1015 (1985); Nilsson et al., Methods Enzymol. 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc.
  • naked antibody is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
  • antibody component includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment.
  • immunoconjugate is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
  • antibody fusion protein refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent.
  • therapeutic agents ' suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein”) and toxins
  • antibody-toxin fusion protein (“antibody-toxin fusion protein”).
  • a “target polypeptide” or a “target peptide” is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen.
  • T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
  • antigenic peptide is a peptide which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell.
  • antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell which binds or expresses the antigen.
  • the antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
  • RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA.
  • a nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA.
  • the RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA” and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene.”
  • Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
  • an "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for zacrp ⁇ ” or an “zacrp ⁇ anti- sense oligonucleotide” is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the zac ⁇ p8 gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the zacrp8 gene.
  • a "ribozyme” is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
  • the term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene.”
  • an “external guide sequence” is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene.”
  • variant zacrp8 gene refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of zacrp8 genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms of zacrp8 genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant zacrp8 gene can be identified by determining whether the • gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions.
  • variant zacrp8 genes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity” if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity” if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin).
  • allelic variant is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence.
  • allelic variant is also used herein to denote a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a gene.
  • ortholog denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation.
  • Parenters are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, ⁇ - globin, ⁇ -globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
  • zacrp8 genes include functional fragments of zacrp8 genes.
  • a "functional fragment" of a zacrp ⁇ gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a portion of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide which specifically binds with an anti-zacrp8 antibody.
  • a functional fragment of a zacrp8 gene described herein comprises a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, and encodes a polypeptide that specifically binds with an anti-zacrp8 antibody.
  • the present invention is based in part upon the discovery of a novel DNA sequence that encodes a polypeptide having homology to the adipocyte complement related protein family.
  • the polypeptide has been designated zacrp .
  • the nucleotide sequence of zacrp ⁇ is described in SEQ ID NO:l, and its deduced amino acid sequence is described in SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide includes a signal sequence, comprising amino acid 1 (Met) to amino acid residue 15 (Gly) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 144-188 of SEQ ID NO:l.
  • the mature polypeptide ranges from amino acid 16 (Asn) to amino acid 333 (Pro) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 189-1142 of SEQ ID NO:l. Within the mature polypeptide is an N-terminal region of no known homology, between amino acid residue 16 (Asn) and 25 (Gin) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 189-218 of SEQ ID NO:l. In addition is found a collagen-like domain between amino acid 26 (Gly) and 196 (Thr) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 219-731 of SEQ ID NO:l.
  • the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide also includes a carboxy-terminal Clq/TNF domain, between amino acid 199 (Leu) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 738- 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l.
  • An aromatic motif F-X(5)-[ND]-X(4)-[FYWL]-X(6)-F-X(5)- G-X-Y-X(4) (SEQ ID NO: 14) is also found within this domain between residues 223 (Phe) and 253 (Tyr) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 810-902 of SEQ ID NO:l.
  • X represents any amino acid residue and the number in parentheses () indicates the amino acid number of residues.
  • amino acid residues contained within the square parentheses [] restrict the choice of amino acid residues at that particular position. There is a fair amount of conserved structure within the Clq domain to enable proper folding. Those skilled in the art will recognize that these domain boundaries are approximate, and are based on alignments with known proteins and predictions of protein folding.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fragments and combinations thereof.
  • Preferred fragments include those containing the collagen-like domain of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, ranging from amino acid 1 (Met), 15 (Gly), or 26 (Gly) to amino acid 196 (Thr) of SEQ ID NO:2, a portion of the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide containing the collagen-like domain or a portion of the collagen-like domain capable of dimerization or oligomerization.
  • collagen or “collagen-like domain” refers to a series of repeating triplet amino acid sequences, “repeats” or “collagen repeats” represented by the motifs Gly-Xaa-Pro or Gly-Xaa-Xaa, where Xaa is any amino acid reside.
  • the number of collagen repeats within a collagenlike domain varies within the adipocyte complement related protein family. Fragments or proteins containing such collagen-like domains may form homomeric constructs (dimers or oligomers of the same fragment or protein). Moreover, such fragments or proteins containing such collagen-like domains may form heteromeric constructs (dimers, trimers or oligomers of different fragments or proteins).
  • polynucleotide molecules comprising a sequence of nucleotides as shown in SEQ ID NO:l from nucleotide 1, 144, 219 or 738 to nucleotide 1142;
  • polynucleotide molecules that encode a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fragment that is at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from amino acid residue 26 (Gly) to amino acid residue 196 (Thr);
  • zacrpS polypeptides ranging from amino acid 223 (Phe) to amino acid 253 (Tyr), and amino acid 199 (Leu) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO:2, a portion of the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide containing the Clq domain or an active portion of the Clq domain.
  • Clq domain containing proteins include Clq A, B and C (Sellar et al., ibid., Reid, ibid., and Reid et al., 1982, ibid), chipmunk hibernation-associated plasma proteins HP-20, HP-25 and HP-27 (Takamatsu et al., ibid and Kondo & Kondo, ibid), human precerebellin (Urade et al., ibid), human endothelial cell multimerin (Hayward et al., ibid), vertebrate collagens type NUJ and X (Muragaki et al., ibid), adipocyte complement related proteins Acrp30 (Scherer et al., ibid), apMl (Maeda et al., ibid), GBP28 ( ⁇ akano et al., ibid), zsig39 (Sheppard and Humes, WIPO Published Patent No: WO99/1049
  • zacrp2 (Piddington et al, WO 00/63376)
  • zacrp3 (Piddington et al., WO 00/63377)
  • zacrp3x2 (Haldeman et al., WO 02/****> zacrp4 (Piddington et al., WO 01/02565)
  • zacrp5 (Piddington et al., WO 00/73444)
  • zacrp6 (Piddington et al., WO 00/73466)
  • zacrpll (Piddington et al., WO 02/****) zacr ⁇ l2 (Piddington et al., WO 02/****), and zacrpl3 (Brian A.
  • oligomers Members of the adipocyte complement related protein family are known to form oligomers, for instance, acrp30 (Scherer et al., J. Biol. Chem., 270(45):26146- 26749 (1995)) and zsig37 (Sheppard et al., WO 00/48625).
  • the present invention includes the use of oligomers of zacrp8 peptides, zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, and zacrp ⁇ fusion proteins.
  • Such oligomers include trimers, hexamers, 9mers, and 18mers.
  • proteins of the present invention and or fragments thereof may form homomers or heteromers with other members of the adipocyte complement related protein family.
  • hexamers may be formed as homoditrimers of zacrp ⁇ or heteroditrimers of zacrp ⁇ and acrp30.
  • fragments of zacrp ⁇ can also be useful for the therapeutic methods described herein: amino acid residues 16 to 330 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 16 to 25 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 199 to 330 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 26 to 330 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 26 to 196 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 223 to 253 of SEQ ID NO:2, and combinations thereof.
  • These polypeptides can be administered as single chains or as oligomers, such as homodimers, homotrimers, or homohexamers.
  • these polypeptides can be administered, such as homodimers, homotrimers, or homohexamers, with other adipocyte complement related protein family members oligomers.
  • the zacrp ⁇ polypeptides can be made to form heteromers with other members of adipocyte complement related protein family prior to administration. Variants of these polypeptides can also be used as therapeutic compounds in which at least one cysteine residue is replace by a serine residue.
  • Therapeutic compositions of the present invention include zacrp ⁇ heteromers, such as hexamers, which comprise mixtures of zacrp8 amino acid sequences, acrp30 amino acid sequences (Scherer et al., J. Biol.
  • zacrp2 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/63376), zacrp7 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/73448), zsig39 amino acid sequences (Humes et al., WO 99/10492), zacrp3 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/63377), zsig37 amino acid sequences (Sheppard, P., WO 99/04000), zacrp5 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/73444), and zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/73446).
  • compositions can also comprise fragments of zacrp ⁇ , acrp30, zacrp2, zacrp7, zsig39, zacrp3, zsig37, zacrp5, and zacrp ⁇ , such as, for instance, amino acid residues 16 to 25 of SEQ ID NO:2, the acrp30 amino acid sequence PKGTCAGWMA (SEQ ID NO:4), the zacrp2 amino acid sequences SPQLVCSLPG (SEQ ID NO:5) and GPCSCGSGHT (SEQ ID NO:6), the zacrp7 amino acid sequences PRYICSIPGL (SEQ ID NO:7) and PGNCRCGSIV (SEQ ID ⁇ O: ⁇ ), the zsig39 amino acid sequence TJPSLCPGHPG (SEQ JD NO:9), the zacrp3 amino acid sequence PDCSKCCHGD (SEQ ID NO: 10), the zsig37 amino acid sequence SRCLRCCDPG (SEQ ID
  • the Clq domain of zacrp ⁇ contains 10 beta-strands forming a "jelly roll” topology (amino acid residues 203-207, 225-22 ⁇ , 234-23 ⁇ , 242-245, 247-258, 260-268, 272-279, 2 ⁇ 5-295, 300-305, and 322-330 of SEQ ID NO:2) described by Shapiro and Scherer, (ref). These strands are designated “A”, “A prime”, “B prime”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”, and “H” respectively.” (Shapiro and Scherer, Curr. Biol. 8:335- ⁇ , 1998).
  • fragments are particularly useful in the study or modulation of energy balance or neurotransmission, particularly diet- or stress-related neurotransmission, collagen inhibition, and complement inhibition. Anti-microbial activity may also be present in such fragments.
  • the homology of adipocyte complement related protein Clq domains to TNF proteins suggests such fragments would be useful in obesity-related insulin resistance, immune regulation, inflammatory response, platelet adhesion modulation, apoptosis and osteoclast maturation.
  • Polynucleotides encoding such fragments are also encompassed by the present invention, including the group consisting of (a) polynucleotide molecules comprising a sequence of nucleotides as shown in SEQ ID NO:l from nucleotide 73 ⁇ to nucleotide 1142; (b) polynucleotide molecules that encode a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fragment that is at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from amino acid residue 199 (Leu) to amino acid residue 330 (Phe); (c) molecules complementary to (a) or (b); and (d) degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide Clq domain fragment.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fragments of the present invention include both the collagen-like domain and the Clq domain ranging from amino acid residue 16 (Asn) or 26 (Gly) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • Polynucleotides encoding such fragments are also encompassed by the present invention, including the group consisting of (a) polynucleotide molecules comprising a sequence of nucleotides as shown in SEQ ID NO.T from nucleotide l ⁇ 9 or 219 to nucleotide 1142; (b) polynucleotide molecules that encode a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fragment that is at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from amino acid residue 16 (Asn) or 26 (
  • the present invention also contemplates methods for detecting the presence of zacrp ⁇ RNA in a biological sample, comprising the steps of (a) contacting a zacrp ⁇ nucleic acid probe under hybridizing conditions with either (i) test RNA molecules isolated from the biological sample, or (ii) nucleic acid molecules synthesized from the isolated RNA molecules, wherein the probe has a nucleotide sequence comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, and (b) detecting the formation of hybrids of the nucleic acid probe and either the test RNA molecules or the synthesized nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of the hybrids indicates the presence of zacrp ⁇ RNA in the biological sample.
  • a biological sample is a human biological sample, such as a biopsy or autopsy specimen.
  • the present invention further provides methods for detecting the presence of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide in a biological sample, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody or an antibody fragment that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment.
  • an antibody or antibody fragment may further comprise a detectable label selected from the group consisting of radioisotope, fluorescent label, chemiluminescent label, enzyme label, bioluminescent label, and colloidal gold.
  • An exemplary biological sample is a human biological sample.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding' a human zacrp ⁇ gene can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l. These techniques are standard and well-established. As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human zacrp ⁇ gene can be isolated from a human cDNA library. In this case, the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library using methods well-known to those of skill in the art.
  • RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase- directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants.
  • total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al.
  • RNA can be isolated by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry l ⁇ :52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41).
  • poly(A) + RNA In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A) + RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A) + RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4- 12).
  • Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A) + RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. (see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46). Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
  • a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a ⁇ gtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in ⁇ gtlO and ⁇ gtll," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
  • double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a PBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors.
  • a plasmid vector such as a PBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors.
  • Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
  • the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques.
  • a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
  • a human genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327).
  • Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
  • Genomic DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases.
  • Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307- 327).
  • Nucleic acid molecules that encode a human zacrp ⁇ gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the zacrp ⁇ gene, as described herein.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et ⁇ /., "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
  • a library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
  • Anti-zacrp8 antibodies produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human zacrp ⁇ genes from cDNA libraries.
  • the antibodies can be used to screen ⁇ gtll expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation
  • a zacrp ⁇ gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages ⁇ - ⁇ to 8-9).
  • Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al., Plant Molec. Biol. 21:1131 (1993), Bambot et al., PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al., "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, (Humana Press, hie. 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl. 4:299 (1995)).
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "gene machines” using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately.
  • the production of short genes 60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them.
  • special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%.
  • synthetic genes double-stranded are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length.
  • One method for building a synthetic gene requires the initial production of a set of overlapping, complementary oligonucleotides, each of which is between 20 to 60 nucleotides long.
  • the sequences of the strands are planned so that, after annealing, the two end segments of the gene are aligned to give blunt ends.
  • Each internal section of the gene has complementary 3' and 5' terminal extensions that are designed to base pair precisely with an adjacent section.
  • synthetic genes can be designed with terminal sequences that facilitate insertion into a restriction endonuclease sites of a cloning vector and other sequences should also be added that contain signals for the proper initiation and termination of transcription and translation.
  • An alternative way to prepare a full-size gene is to synthesize a specified set of overlapping oligonucleotides (40 to 100 nucleotides). After the 3' and 5' extensions (6 to 10 nucleotides) are annealed, large gaps still remain, but the base- paired regions are both long enough and stable enough to hold the structure together. The duplex is completed and the gaps filled by enzymatic DNA synthesis with E. coli DNA polymerase I. This enzyme uses the 3'-hydroxyl groups as replication initiation points and the single-stranded regions as templates. After the enzymatic synthesis is completed, the nicks are sealed with T4 DNA ligase.
  • the complete gene sequence is usually assembled from double-stranded fragments that are each put together by joining four to six overlapping oligonucleotides (20 to 60 base pairs each). If there is a sufficient amount of the double-stranded fragments after each synthesis and annealing step, they are simply joined to one another. Otherwise, each fragment is cloned into a vector to amplify the amount of DNA available. In both cases, the double-stranded constructs- are sequentially linked to one another to form the entire gene sequence. Each double-stranded fragment and the complete sequence should be characterized by DNA sequence analysis to verify that the chemically synthesized gene has the correct nucleotide sequence.
  • zacrp ⁇ cDNA or zacrp ⁇ genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein can also be used as probes or primers to clone 5' non-coding regions of a zacrp ⁇ gene.
  • Promoter elements from a zacrp ⁇ gene can be used to direct the expression of heterologous genes in, for example, transgenic animals or patients undergoing gene therapy.
  • the identification of genomic fragments containing a zacrp ⁇ promoter or regulatory element can be achieved Using well-established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
  • Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of zacrp ⁇ proteins by "gene activation," as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous zacrp ⁇ gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the zacrp ⁇ locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site.
  • the targeting sequence is a zacrp ⁇ 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous zacrp ⁇ locus, whereby the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous zacrp ⁇ coding sequence.
  • an endogenous zacrp ⁇ promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
  • SEQ ID NO:3 is a degenerate nucleotide sequence that encompasses all nucleic acid molecules that encode the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the degenerate sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 also provides all RNA sequences encoding SEQ ID NO:2, by substituting U for T.
  • the present invention contemplates zacrp ⁇ polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotides 1 to 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l, and their RNA equivalents.
  • Table 1 sets forth the one-letter codes used within SEQ ID NO: 3 to denote degenerate nucleotide positions.
  • “Resolutions” are the nucleotides denoted by a code letter.
  • “Complement” indicates the code for the complementary nucleotide(s). For example, the code Y denotes either C or T, and its complement R denotes A or G, A being complementary to T, and G being complementary to C.
  • degenerate codons used in SEQ ID NO: 3, encompassing all possible codons for a given amino acid, are set forth in Table 2.
  • degenerate codon representative of all possible codons encoding an amino acid.
  • WSN can, in some circumstances, encode arginine
  • MGN can, in some circumstances, encode serine
  • some polynucleotides encompassed by the degenerate sequence may encode variant amino acid sequences, but one of ordinary skill in the art can easily identify such variant sequences by reference to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Variant sequences can be readily tested for functionality as described herein.
  • preferential codon usage or “preferential codons” is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid (see Table 2).
  • the amino acid threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential.
  • Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art. Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species. Therefore, the degenerate codon sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 3 serves as a template for optimizing expression of polynucleotides in various cell types and species commonly used in the art and disclosed herein. Sequences containing preferential codons can be tested and optimized for expression in various species, and tested for functionality as disclosed herein. The present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs).
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides from other mammalian species, including porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides.
  • orthologs of zacrp ⁇ can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques.
  • a cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses zacrp ⁇ as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein.
  • a library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line.
  • a zacrp ⁇ -encoding cDNA can then be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences.
  • a cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative zacrp ⁇ sequences disclosed herein.
  • the cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to zacrp ⁇ polypeptide. Similar techniques can also be applied to the isolation of genomic clones.
  • SEQ ID NO:l represents a single allele of human zacrp ⁇ , and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide sequences disclosed herein.
  • such nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, to nucleic acid molecules consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or to nucleic acid molecules consisting of a nucleotide sequence complementary to SEQ ID NO:l.
  • stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • the T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • a pair of nucleic acid molecules can hybridize if the nucleotide sequences have some degree of complementarity.
  • Hybrids can tolerate mismatched base pairs in the double helix, but the stability of the hybrid is influenced by the degree of mismatch.
  • the T m of the mismatched hybrid decreases by 1°C for every 1-1.5% base pair mismatch. Varying the stringency of the hybridization conditions allows control over the degree of mismatch that will be present in the hybrid.
  • the degree of stringency increases as the hybridization temperature increases and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer decreases.
  • Stringent hybridization conditions encompass temperatures of about 5-25°C below the T m of the hybrid and a hybridization buffer having up to 1 M Na + .
  • the washes following hybridization are performed at increasing degrees of stringency to remove non-hybridized polynucleotide probes from hybridized complexes.
  • the above conditions are meant to serve as a guide and it is well within the abilities of one skilled in the art to adapt these conditions for use with a particular polypeptide hybrid.
  • the T m for a specific target sequence is the temperature (under defined conditions) at which 50% of the target sequence will hybridize to a perfectly matched probe sequence.
  • Those conditions which influence the T m include, the size and base pair content of the polynucleotide probe, the ionic strength of the hybridization solution, and the presence of destabilizing agents in the hybridization solution.
  • Sequence analysis software as well as sites on the Internet, are available tools for analyzing a given sequence and calculating T m based on user defined criteria. Such programs can also analyze a given sequence under defined conditions and identify suitable probe sequences. Typically, hybridization of longer polynucleotide sequences, >50 base pairs, is performed at temperatures of about 20-25°C below the calculated T m . For smaller probes, ⁇ 50 base pairs, hybridization is typically carried out at the T m or 5-10°C below. This allows for the maximum rate of hybridization for DNA-DNA and DNA-RNA hybrids.
  • the length of the polynucleotide sequence influences the rate and stability of hybrid formation. Smaller probe sequences, ⁇ 50 base pairs, reach equilibrium with complementary sequences rapidly, but may form less stable hybrids. Incubation times of anywhere from minutes to hours can be used to achieve hybrid formation. Longer probe sequences come to equilibrium more slowly, but form more stable complexes even at lower temperatures. Incubations are allowed to proceed overnight or longer. Generally, incubations are carried out for a period equal to three times the calculated Cot time. Cot time, the time it takes for the polynucleotide sequences to reassociate, can be calculated for a particular sequence by methods known in the art.
  • the base pair composition of polynucleotide sequence will effect the thermal stability of the hybrid complex, thereby influencing the choice of hybridization temperature and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer.
  • A-T pairs are less stable than G-C pairs in aqueous solutions containing sodium chloride. Therefore, the higher the G-C content, the more stable the hybrid. Even distribution of G and C residues within the sequence also contribute positively to hybrid stability.
  • the base pair composition can be manipulated to alter the T m of a given sequence.
  • 5-methyldeoxycytidine can be substituted for deoxycytidine and 5-bromodeoxuridine can be substituted for thymidine to increase the T m
  • 7-deazz-2'-deoxyguanosine can be substituted for guanosine to reduce dependence on T m
  • the ionic concentration of the hybridization buffer also affects the stability of the hybrid.
  • Hybridization buffers generally contain blocking agents such as Denhardt's solution (Sigma Chemical Co., St.
  • hybridization buffers contain from between 10 mM - 1 M Na + .
  • destabilizing or denaturing agents such as formamide, tetralkylammonium salts, guanidinium cations or thiocyanate cations to the hybridization solution will alter the T m of a hybrid.
  • formamide is used at a concentration of up to 50% to allow incubations to be carried out at more convenient and lower temperatures.
  • Formamide also acts to reduce non-specific background when using RNA probes.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant zacrp ⁇ polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA.
  • 5xSSC lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate
  • 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
  • 5x Denhardt's solution l
  • hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65 °C, in a solution that does not contain formamide.
  • premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions.
  • Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. That is, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant zacrp ⁇ polypeptide remained hybridized following stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2x SSC with 0.1%.SDS at 65°C.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant zacrp ⁇ polypeptide remained hybridized following stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • the present invention also provides isolated zacrp ⁇ polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2, or orthologs.
  • substantially similar sequence identity is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% sequence identity to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the present invention also contemplates zacrp ⁇ variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above.
  • Such zacrp ⁇ variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized following stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.T (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide comprising amino acid residue 199 to amino acid residue 330 of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • zacrp ⁇ variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized following highly stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65 °C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence amino acid residue 26 to amino acid residue 330 of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the present invention also includes particular zacrp ⁇ variants are characterized using hybridization analysis with a reference nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of a nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement.
  • reference nucleic acid molecules include nucleic acid molecules consisting of the following nucleotide sequences, or complements thereof, SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotides 189-1142 of SEQ ID NO:l.
  • Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 3 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one- letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
  • the "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative zacrp ⁇ variant.
  • the FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (19 ⁇ ), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990).
  • the ten regions with the highest density of identities are then rescored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score.
  • the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps.
  • the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, /. Mol. Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SIAM J. Appl Math. 26:181 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions.
  • FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above.
  • the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above.
  • the present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in a zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in a zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequence, a sulfur- containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in a zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy- containing amino acid in a zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a zacrp8 amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in a zacrp ⁇ amino acid sequence.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
  • the BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat' I Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution” preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3).
  • Particular variants of zacrp ⁇ are characterized by having at least ⁇ 0%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% sequence identity to the corresponding amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2), wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid changes in a zacrp ⁇ gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l.
  • Such "conservative amino acid” variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (JJRL Press 1991)).
  • Amino acid sequence changes are made in zacrp ⁇ polypeptides so as to minimize disruption of higher order structure essential to biological activity. For example, changes in amino acid residues will be made so as not to disrupt the geometry and other components of the molecule where changes in conformation abate some critical function.
  • the effects of amino acid sequence changes can be predicted by, for example, computer modeling as disclosed above or determined by analysis of crystal structure (see, e.g., Lapthorn et al, Nat. Struct. Biol. 2:266-26 ⁇ , 1995).
  • Other techniques that are well known in the art compare folding of a variant protein to a standard molecule (e.g., the native protein). For example, comparison of the cysteine pattern in a variant and standard molecules can be made.
  • Mass spectrometry and chemical modification using reduction and alkylation provide methods for determining cysteine residues which are associated with disulfide bonds or are free of such associations (Bean et al., Anal. Biochem. 201:216-226, 1992; Gray, Protein Sci. 2:1732- 1748, 1993; and Patterson et al., Anal. Chem. 66:3727-3732, 1994). It is generally believed that if a modified molecule does not have the same cysteine pattern as the standard molecule, folding would be affected. Another well known and accepted method for measuring folding is circular dichrosism (CD). Measuring and comparing the CD spectra generated by a modified molecule and standard molecule is routine (Johnson, Proteins 7:205-214, 1990).
  • CD circular dichrosism
  • Crystallography is another well known method for analyzing folding and structure.
  • Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), digestive peptide mapping and epitope mapping are also known methods for analyzing folding and structurally similarities between proteins and polypeptides (Schaanan et al., Science 257:961-964, 1992).
  • a Hopp/Woods hydrophilicity profile of the zacrp ⁇ protein sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO:2 can be generated (Hopp et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 78:3824- 382 ⁇ , 1981; Hopp, J. Immun. Meth. 88:1-18, 19 ⁇ 6 and Triquier et al., Protein Engineering 11:153-169, 1998).
  • the profile is based on a sliding six-residue window. Buried G, S, and T residues and exposed H, Y, and W residues were ignored.
  • hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity will be taken into account when designing modifications in the amino acid sequence of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, so as not to disrupt the overall structural and biological profile.
  • hydrophobic residues selected from the group consisting of Val, Leu and He or the group consisting of Met, Gly, Ser, Ala, Tyr and Trp.
  • residues tolerant of substitution could include Val, Leu and He or the group consisting of Met, Gly, Ser, Ala, Tyr and Trp residues as shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
  • An alternative approach to identifying a variant zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant zacrp ⁇ gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, as discussed above.
  • the proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues.
  • Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tra «.?-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, cw-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, ⁇ Wo-threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethyl- cysteine, hydroxyethylbomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethyl- proline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azapheny- lalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine.
  • coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine).
  • the non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994).
  • Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)).
  • a limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for zacrp ⁇ amino acid residues.
  • Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the ait, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 88:4498 (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site- Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering,” in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)).
  • zacrp ⁇ activity domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, 4 ⁇
  • zacrp ⁇ labeled with biotin or FTTC can be used for expression cloning of zacrp ⁇ substrates and inhibitors.
  • variants of the disclosed zacrp ⁇ nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 370:389 (1994), Stemmer, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 91:10147 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNAs are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNAs, such as allelic variants or DNAs from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process.
  • Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells.
  • Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-zacrp8 antibodies, can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
  • the present invention also includes "functional fragments" of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments.
  • Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide.
  • DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 can be digested with Bal31 nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions.
  • exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment.
  • particular fragments of a zacrp ⁇ gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
  • the present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a zacrp ⁇ gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • a variant zacrp ⁇ gene can be identified on the basis of structure by determining the level of identity with nucleotide and amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs:l and 2, as discussed above.
  • An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant zacrp ⁇ gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , as discussed above.
  • the present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide described herein.
  • Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen.
  • Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA ⁇ l:3998 (1983)).
  • polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind.
  • Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). Accordingly, antigenic epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
  • Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides preferably contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein.
  • epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 7:616 (1996)).
  • the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of SEQ ID NOs:l, 2, or 3. Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically-readable media.
  • magnétique media examples include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk.
  • Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
  • compact discs e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable
  • DVD digital versatile/video discs
  • Fusion proteins of zacrp ⁇ can be used to express zacrp ⁇ in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed zacrp ⁇ . As described below, particular zacrp ⁇ fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
  • One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide from a recombinant host cell.
  • a secretory signal sequence also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
  • the secretory signal sequence may be derived from zacrp ⁇ , a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo.
  • the secretory signal sequence is operably linked to a zacrp ⁇ - encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell.
  • Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,143, ⁇ 30).
  • yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells.
  • suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating pheromone ⁇ -factor (encoded by the MFal gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene).
  • zacrp ⁇ can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide.
  • Glutathione S-transferase fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns.
  • a zacrp ⁇ fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose.
  • Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et ah, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2 nd Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995).
  • the PINPOINT Xa protein purification system provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin.
  • Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyhistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag (which binds with anti-RYIRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et ah, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 329:215 (1996), Morganti et ah, Biotechnoh Appl. Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et ah, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma-Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO).
  • fusion protein comprises a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an F c fragment, which contains two constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region.
  • an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region typically an F c fragment
  • Chang et ah U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125
  • a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment, in which the C-terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety.
  • An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert.
  • an illustrative Fc moiety is a human ⁇ 4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity.
  • the present invention contemplates a zacrp ⁇ fusion protein that comprises a zacrp ⁇ moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the zacrp ⁇ moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker.
  • the zacrp ⁇ moiety can be a zacrp ⁇ molecule or a fragment thereof.
  • a zacrp ⁇ fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a zacrp ⁇ moiety covalently joined to the amino terminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the amino terminal of the zacrp ⁇ moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH 2 domain, and a CH 3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CHi domain.
  • the zacrp ⁇ moiety displays a zacrp ⁇ activity, as described herein, such as the ability to bind with a zacrp ⁇ antibody.
  • Fusion proteins comprising a zacrp ⁇ moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool.
  • the presence of a zacrp ⁇ inhibitor in a biological sample can be detected using a zacrp ⁇ -antibody fusion protein, in which the zacrp ⁇ moiety is used to target the substrate or inhibitor, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex.
  • fusion proteins can be used to identify molecules that interfere with the binding of zacrp ⁇ and a substrate. Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating the components.
  • a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein.
  • General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25. *
  • zacrp ⁇ analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
  • Another general class of zacrp ⁇ analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below.
  • recombinant antibodies comprising anti- idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et ah, Proc. Assoc Am. Physicians 10 ⁇ :420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti- idiotype zacrp ⁇ antibodies mimic zacrp ⁇ , these domains can provide zacrp ⁇ activity.
  • Solution in vitro assays can be used to identify a zacrp ⁇ substrate or inhibitor.
  • Solid phase systems can also be used to identify a substrate or inhibitor of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide.
  • a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide or zacrp ⁇ fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use of this instrument is disclosed, for example, by Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 145:229 (1991), and Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol Biol 234:554 (1993).
  • a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell.
  • a test sample is then passed through the cell. If a zacrp ⁇ substrate or inhibitor is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index of the medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film.
  • This system allows the determination on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of the stoichiometry of binding, as well as the kinetic effects of zacrp8 mutation.
  • This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti-complement pairs.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must he operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell.
  • expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
  • Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence.
  • expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell.
  • a zacrpS expression vector may comprise a zacrp ⁇ gene and a secretory sequence derived from a zacrp ⁇ gene or another secreted gene.
  • Zacrp ⁇ proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells.
  • suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 15 ⁇ 7), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL ⁇ 544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 (Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet.
  • GH1 rat pituitary cells
  • H-4-H-E rat hepatoma cells
  • COS-1 SV40-transformed monkey kidney cells
  • NDH- 3T3 murine embryonic cells
  • the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression.
  • Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, yosin, and metallothionein genes.
  • Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis.
  • Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et ah, J. Molec. Appl. Genet.
  • RNA polymerase promoter can be used to control zacrp ⁇ gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et ah, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et ah, Nucl. Acids Res. 19:4485 (1991)).
  • An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like.
  • the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome.
  • Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
  • one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin.
  • selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like.
  • Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification.” Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes.
  • An exemplary amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate.
  • markers that introduce an altered phenotype such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins (e.g., CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, and placental alkaline phosphatase) may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides can also be produced by cultured cells using a viral delivery system.
  • viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • Adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et ah, Meth. Cell Bioh 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)).
  • Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
  • By deleting portions of the adenovirus genome larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co- transfected plasmid.
  • An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell.
  • adenovirus vector infected human 293 cells can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein (see Gamier et ah, Cytotechnoh 15:145 (1994)).
  • Zacrp ⁇ genes may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells.
  • the baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned zacrp ⁇ genes into insect cells.
  • Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa californica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter.
  • hsp Drosophila heat shock protein
  • ie-1 Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter
  • baculovirus plO promoter the Drosophila metallothionein promoter.
  • a second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et ah, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993)).
  • This system which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD).
  • This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the zacrp ⁇ polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid.” See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol.
  • transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag (Grussenmeyer et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 82:7952 (1985)).
  • a transfer vector containing a zacrp ⁇ gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus.
  • the bacmid DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
  • the illustrative PFASTBAC vector can be modified to a considerable degree.
  • the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculovirus basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter) which is expressed earlier in the baculovirus infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins (see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et ah, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995).
  • a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used.
  • transfer vectors can be constructed which replace the native zacrp ⁇ secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins.
  • a secretory signal sequence from Ecdysteroid Glucosyltransferase (EGT), honey bee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculovirus gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native zacrp ⁇ secretory signal sequence.
  • the recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells.
  • suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-8/-21, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 8 9 (ATCC CRL 1711), 8/21 AE, and 8/21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FTNEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435).
  • Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells.
  • Suitable media are Sf900 HTM (Life Technologies) or ESF 921TM (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405TM (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveOTM (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells.
  • the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 10 5 cells to a density of 1-2 x 10 6 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
  • MOI multiplicity of infection
  • yeast cells can also be used to express the genes described herein.
  • Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica.
  • Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GALl (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HJS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like.
  • GALl galactose
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • ADH alcohol dehydrogenase
  • AOX1 alcohol oxidase
  • HJS4 histidinol dehydrogenase
  • These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCp 19.
  • Methods for transforming S. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides there from are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,00 ⁇ , Welch et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et ah, U.S.
  • Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine).
  • An illustrative vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et ah (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media.
  • Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et ah, U.S. Patent No.
  • Transformation systems for other yeasts including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et ah, J. Gen. Microbiol. i32:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349.
  • Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716, 808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et ah, Yeast 14:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 9 ⁇ /02536, and WO 98/02565.
  • DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation.
  • DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation.
  • polypeptide production in P. methanolica it is preferred that the
  • a P. methanolica gene such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUG1 or AUG2).
  • P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene AUG2
  • Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and
  • catalase (CAT) genes To facilitate integration of the DNA into the host chromosome, it is preferred to have the entire expression segment of the plasmid flanked at both ends by host DNA sequences.
  • An illustrative selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine.
  • ADE2 phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase
  • P. methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
  • Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells.
  • Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et ah, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et ah, Biotechnology 10:268 (1992), and Miki et ah, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67- ⁇ 8 (CRC Press, 1993).
  • zacrp ⁇ genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells.
  • Suitable promoters that can be used to express zacrp ⁇ polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the P R and P L promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the tip, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B.
  • subtilis the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene.
  • Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbioh 1:211 (1987), Watson et ah, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995).
  • Useful prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilis. Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(DE3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RR1, Y1088, Y1089, CSHl ⁇ , ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)).
  • Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilis include BR151, YB ⁇ , MI119, MI120, and B170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (JJRL Press 1985)).
  • the polypeptide When expressing a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea.
  • the denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution.
  • the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding.
  • Standard methods for introducing expression vectors into bacterial, yeast, insect, and plant cells are provided, for example, by Ausubel (1995).
  • General methods for expressing and recovering foreign protein produced by a mammalian cell system are provided by, for example, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture,” in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1996).
  • Standard techniques for recovering protein produced by a bacterial system is provided by, for example, Grisshammer et a , "Purification of over-produced proteins from E. coli cells," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. These synthesis methods are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963), Stewart et ah, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis” (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 19 ⁇ 4), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be purified to at least about 80% purity, to at least about 90% purity, to at least about 95% purity, or greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. Certain purified polypeptide preparations are substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
  • Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of zacrpS purified from natural sources, and recombinant zacrp ⁇ polypeptides and fusion zacrp ⁇ polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells.
  • ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples.
  • Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred.
  • Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like.
  • Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
  • Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996). Additional variations in zacrp ⁇ isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art. For example, anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies, obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties.
  • immobilized metal ion adsorption (IMAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3:1 (19 ⁇ 5)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents.
  • IMAC immobilized metal ion adsorption
  • a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag may be constructed to facilitate purification.
  • an affinity tag e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described above.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
  • the present invention also contemplates chemically modified zacrp ⁇ compositions, in which a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide is linked with a polymer.
  • the polymer is water soluble so that the zacrp ⁇ conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment.
  • An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation. hi this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled.
  • a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,252.714).
  • the polymer may be branched or unbranched.
  • a mixture of polymers can be used to produce zacrp ⁇ conjugates.
  • Zacrp8 conjugates used for therapy should preferably comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties.
  • Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl- C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N- vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, t ⁇ -succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate- based polymers.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • monomethoxy-PEG mono-(Cl- C10)alkoxy-PEG
  • aryloxy-PEG poly-(N- vinyl pyrrolidone)
  • Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000.
  • a zacrp ⁇ conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
  • Anti-zacrp8 antibodies or anti-idiotype antibodies can also be conjugated with a water-soluble polymer.
  • the present invention contemplates compositions comprising a peptide or polypeptide described herein. Such compositions can further comprise a carrier.
  • the carrier can be a conventional organic or inorganic carrier. Examples of carriers include water, buffer solution, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like.
  • Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, at least nine, or at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences.
  • Additional polypeptides can comprise at least 15, at least 30, at least 40, or at least 50 contiguous amino acids of such regions of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
  • Antibodies to zacrp ⁇ can be obtained, for example, using as an antigen the product of a zacrp ⁇ expression vector or zacrp ⁇ isolated from a natural source. Particularly useful anti-zacrp8 antibodies "bind specifically" with zacrp ⁇ . Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to zacrp ⁇ with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to zacrp ⁇ .
  • antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (K a ) of 10 6 M “1 or greater, preferably 10 7 M “1 or greater, more preferably 10 8 M “1 or greater, and most preferably 10 9 M “1 or greater.
  • K a binding affinity
  • the binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 57:660 (1949)).
  • antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect zacrp8, but not known related polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Examples of known related polypeptides are orthologs and proteins from the same species that are members of a protein family.
  • Anti-zacrp8 antibodies can be produced using antigenic zacrp ⁇ epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides.
  • Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, preferably 6 ⁇
  • amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided).
  • amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
  • zacrp ⁇ potential antigenic sites in zacrp ⁇ were identified using the Jameson-Wolf method, Jameson and Wolf, CABIOS 4:181, (1988), as implemented by the PROTEAN program (version 3.14) of LASERGENE (DNASTAR; Madison, WI). Default parameters were used in this analysis.
  • Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant zacrp8 protein or to zacrp ⁇ isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. Antibodies can also be generated using a zacrp ⁇ -glutathione transferase fusion protein, which is similar to a method described by Burrus and McMahon, Exp. Cell. Res. 220:363 (1995). General methods for producing polyclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Green et ah, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et ah, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995).
  • the immunogenicity of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • an adjuvant such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of zacrp ⁇ or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein.
  • the polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof.
  • polypeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
  • a macromolecular carrier such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • tetanus toxoid tetanus toxoid
  • polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horse, cow, dog, chicken, rat, mouse, rabbit, goat, guinea pig, or sheep
  • an anti-zacrp8 antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody.
  • General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found
  • monoclonal anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies e.g., neutralizing monoclonal antibodies to neutralize zacrp ⁇ activity
  • Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et ah, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ["Coligan”], Picksley et ah, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
  • monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising a zacrp ⁇ gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B-lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
  • an anti-zacrp8 antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge.
  • elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci.
  • the transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et ah, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG),” in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
  • antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody.
  • Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods.
  • antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab') 2 .
  • This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments.
  • the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages.
  • n enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly.
  • These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et ah, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73:119 (1959), Edelman et ah, in Methods in Enzymology Vol. 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
  • cleaving antibodies such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
  • Fv fragments comprise an association of V H and V chains.
  • This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972).
  • the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)).
  • the Fv fragments may comprise VH and V chains which are connected by a peptide linker.
  • These single-chain antigen binding proteins are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the V H and V L domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains.
  • scFv Methods for producing scFvs are described, for example, by Whitlow et ah, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:91 (1991) (also see, Bird et ah, Science 242:423 (1988), Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Pack et ah, Bio/Technology 77:1271 (1993), and Sandhu, supra).
  • a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to zacrp ⁇ polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled zacrp ⁇ protein or peptide).
  • Genes encoding polypeptides having potential zacrp8 polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides which interact with a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the zacrp ⁇ sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins which bind to zacrp ⁇ .
  • Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR).
  • CDR peptides (“minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest.
  • Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et ah, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies,” in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al.
  • an anti-zacrp ⁇ antibody may be derived from a
  • humanized monoclonal antibody Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts. The use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833 (1989).
  • Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et ah, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Methods In Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7.
  • monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above.
  • humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques.
  • Anti-idiotype zacrp ⁇ antibodies as well as zacrp8 polypeptides, can be ' used to identify and to isolate zacrp ⁇ substrates and inhibitors.
  • proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind substrate and inhibitor proteins from biological samples that are run over the column (Hermanson et al. (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195-202 (Academic Press 1992)).
  • Radiolabeled or affinity labeled zacrp ⁇ polypeptides can also be used to identify or to localize zacrp ⁇ substrates and inhibitors in a biological sample (see, for example, Guider (ed.), Methods in Enzymol., vol. I ⁇ 2, pages 721-37 (Academic Press 1990); Brunner et ah, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:4 ⁇ 3 (1993); Fedan et ah, Biochem. Pharmacol. 33:1167 (19 ⁇ 4)).
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a zacrp ⁇ gene in a biological sample.
  • probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • RNA isolated from a biological sample
  • RNA isolated from a biological sample
  • RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)).
  • Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32 P or 35 S.
  • zacrp8 RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)).
  • nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates.
  • Hlustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
  • Zacrp ⁇ oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, 18 F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et ah, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCT? Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 199 ⁇ ), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 199 ⁇ ), and Meltzer (ed.), PCT? in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with zacrp ⁇ primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
  • RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above.
  • a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate.
  • a reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or zacrp ⁇ anti-sense oligomers.
  • Oligo-dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences, zacrp ⁇ sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
  • PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches.
  • PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining.
  • fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled zacrp ⁇ probe, and examined by autoradiography.
  • Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
  • CPT cycling probe technology
  • NASBA nucleic acid sequence-based amplification
  • CATCH cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • Zacrp ⁇ probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize zacrp ⁇ gene expression in tissue samples.
  • Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH),” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-27 ⁇ (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al.
  • Zacrp ⁇ nucleotide sequences can be used in linkage-based testing for various diseases, and to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the zacrp ⁇ gene.
  • Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the zacrp ⁇ gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements.
  • Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate a zacrp ⁇ gene.
  • Aberrations associated with a zacrp ⁇ locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis (ARMS), single-strand conformation polymo ⁇ hism (SSCP) detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis (FAMA), and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc.
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the zacrp ⁇ target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in-frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system.
  • the translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products.
  • the protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
  • the present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for zacrp ⁇ gene expression or to analyze the zacrp ⁇ locus of a subject.
  • kits comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR. Such a kit can contain all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described • above.
  • a kit will comprise at least one container comprising a zacrp ⁇ probe or primer.
  • the kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of zacrp ⁇ sequences.
  • indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the zacrp ⁇ probes and primers are used to detect zacrp ⁇ gene expression.
  • written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes zacrp8, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a zacrp8-encoding nucleotide sequence, or to analyze chromosomal sequences associated with the zacrp ⁇ locus.
  • the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • the present invention also provides reagents which will find use in diagnostic applications.
  • the zacrp ⁇ gene a probe comprising zacrp ⁇ DNA or RNA or a subsequence thereof can be used to determine if the zacrp ⁇ gene is present on a human chromosome, such as chromosome 13, or if a gene mutation has occurred.
  • a human chromosome such as chromosome 13
  • zacrp ⁇ is located at the ql2.12 region of chromosome 13.
  • Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the zacrp ⁇ gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, loss of heterozygosity (LOH), translocations, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements.
  • Such aberrations can be detected using polynucleotides of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, and other genetic linkage analysis techniques known in the art (Sambrook et al., ibid.; Ausubel et al., ibid.; Marian, Chest 708:255-65, 1995).
  • molecular genetic techniques such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, and other genetic linkage analysis techniques known in the art (Sambrook et al., ibid.; Ausubel et al., i
  • the precise knowledge of a gene's position can be useful for a number of purposes, including: 1) determining if a sequence is part of an existing contig and obtaining additional surrounding genetic sequences in various forms, such as YACs, BACs or cDNA clones; 2) providing a possible candidate gene for an inheritable disease which shows linkage to the same chromosomal region; and 3) cross-referencing model organisms, such as mouse, which may aid in determining what function a particular gene might have.
  • the zacrp ⁇ gene is located at the ql2.12 region of chromosome 13.
  • Several genes of known function map to this region that are linked to human disease.
  • the zacrp ⁇ gene maps to chromosome ql2.12
  • the zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes of the present invention can be used to detect and diagnose the presence of chromosome 13 monosomy and other chromosome ql2.12 loss, and particularly chromosome 13 monosomy and loss and chromosomal aberrations at ql2.12 including deletions, rearrangements, and chromosomal breakpoints, and translocations can be associated with tumors.
  • the zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes of the present invention can be used to detect chromosome deletions, translocations and rearrangements associated with those diseases. See the Online Mendellian Inheritance of Man (OMIMTM, National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of Medicine. Bethesda, MD) gene map, and references therein, for this region of human chromosome 13, and ql2.12 on a publicly available world wide web server. All of these serve as possible candidate genes for an inheritable disease that show linkage to the same chromosomal region as the zacrp ⁇ gene. Thus, zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with these defects.
  • a diagnostic could assist physicians in determining the type of disease and appropriate associated therapy, or assistance in genetic counseling.
  • inventive anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies, polynucleotides, and polypeptides can be used for the detection of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, mRNA or anti-zacrp8 antibodies, thus serving as markers and be directly used for detecting or genetic diseases or cancers, as described herein, using methods known in the art and described herein.
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with chromosome ql2.12 deletions, chromosome 13 monosomy and translocations associated with human diseases, such as described above, or other translocations and LOH involved with malignant progression of tumors or other ql2.12 mutations, which are expected to be involved in chromosome rearrangements in malignancy; or in other cancers.
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with chromosome ql2.12 trisomy and chromosome loss associated with human diseases or spontaneous abortion.
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with these defects.
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes are particularly useful for diagnosis of gross chromosome 13 abnormalities associated with loss of heterogeneity (LOH), chromosome gain (e.g. trisomy), translocation, chromosome loss (monosomy), DNA amplification, and the like.
  • LHO heterogeneity
  • chromosome gain e.g. trisomy
  • translocation chromosome loss (monosomy)
  • DNA amplification and the like.
  • Translocations within chromosomal locus ql2.12 wherein the zacrp ⁇ gene is located are known to be associated with human disease.
  • ql2.12 deletions, monosomy and translocations are associated with specific human diseases as discussed above.
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes of the present invention can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with ql2.12 translocation, deletion and trisomy, and the like, described above.
  • defects in the zacrp ⁇ gene itself may result in a heritable human disease state.
  • Molecules of the present invention such as the ⁇ l
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect allelic differences between diseased or non-diseased individuals at the zacrp ⁇ chromosomal locus. As such, the zacrp ⁇ sequences can be used as diagnostics in forensic DNA profiling.
  • Analytical probes will be generally at least 20 nt in length, although somewhat shorter probes can be used (e.g., 14-17 nt).
  • PCR primers are at least 5 nt in length, preferably 15 or more, more preferably 20-30 nt.
  • a zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probe may comprise an entire exon or more. Exons are readily determined by one of skill in the art by comparing zacrp8 sequences (SEQ ID NO:l) with the genomic DNA for zacrp ⁇ .
  • diagnostic methods comprise the steps of (a) obtaining a genetic sample from a potentially diseased patient, diseased patient or potential non-diseased carrier of a recessive disease allele; (b) producing a first reaction product by incubating the genetic sample with a zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probe wherein the polynucleotide will hybridize to complementary polynucleotide sequence, such as in RFLP analysis or by incubating the genetic sample with sense and antisense primers in a PCR reaction under appropriate PCR reaction conditions; (iii) Visualizing the first reaction product by gel electrophoresis and/or other known method such as visualizing the first reaction product with a zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide probe wherein the polynucleotide will hybridize to the complementary polynucleotide sequence of the first reaction; and (i)
  • a difference between the first reaction product and the control reaction product is indicative of a genetic abnormality in the diseased or potentially diseased patient, or the presence of a heterozygous recessive carrier phenotype for a non- diseased patient, or the presence of a genetic defect in a tumor from a diseased patient, or the presence of a genetic abnormality in a fetus or pre-implantation embryo.
  • a difference in restriction fragment pattern, length of PCR products, length of repetitive sequences at the or zacrp ⁇ genetic locus, and the like are indicative of a genetic abnormality, genetic aberration, or allelic difference in comparison to the normal wild type control. Controls can be from unaffected family members, or unrelated individuals, depending on the test and availability of samples.
  • Genetic samples for use within the present invention include genomic DNA, mRNA, and cDNA isolated form any tissue or other biological sample from a patient, such as but not limited to, blood, saliva, semen, embryonic cells, amniotic fluid, and the like.
  • the polynucleotide probe or primer can be RNA or DNA, and will comprise a portion of SEQ ID NO: 1, the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1, or an RNA equivalent thereof.
  • Such methods of showing genetic linkage analysis to human disease phenotypes are well known in the art. For reference to PCR based methods in diagnostics see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc.
  • Mutations associated with the zacrp8 locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing standard methods for direct mutation analysis, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis, and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 708:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc.
  • standard methods for direct mutation analysis such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-a
  • anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of zacrp ⁇ .
  • anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies are used in liquid phase.
  • the presence of zacrp ⁇ in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled zacrp ⁇ and an anti-zacrp ⁇ antibody under conditions that promote binding between zacrp ⁇ and its antibody.
  • Complexes of zacrp ⁇ and anti-zacrp ⁇ in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A.
  • concentration of zacrp ⁇ in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled zacrp ⁇ bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free labeled zacrp ⁇ .
  • in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-zacrp ⁇ antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier.
  • antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube.
  • polymer such as aminodextran
  • anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies can be used to detect zacrp ⁇ in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of zacrp ⁇ and to determine the distribution of zacrp ⁇ in the examined tissue.
  • Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-zacrp8 antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule which binds to the antibody.
  • the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-zacrp8 antibody.
  • the anti-zacrp8 antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
  • an anti-zacrp ⁇ antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-zacrp ⁇ immunoconjugate.
  • Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably- labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
  • the detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography.
  • Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3 H, 125 1, 131 1, 35 S and 14 C.
  • Anti-zacrp ⁇ immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence.
  • Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
  • anti-zacrp ⁇ immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound.
  • the presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction.
  • chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
  • Bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-zacrp8 immunoconjugates of the present invention.
  • Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is ' determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
  • Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
  • anti-zacrp ⁇ immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-zacrp8 antibody component to an enzyme.
  • the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means.
  • enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include ⁇ -galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
  • the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), “Avidin-Biotin Technology,” Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et ah, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
  • biotin- or FTTC-labeled zacrp8 can be used to identify cells that bind zacrpS. Such can binding can be detected, for example, using flow cytometry.
  • kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for zacrp ⁇ gene expression comprise at least one container comprising an anti-zacrp8 antibody, or antibody fragment.
  • a kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of zacrp8 antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that zacrp ⁇ antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect zacrpS protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect zacrp ⁇ . The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists can be used to modulate energy balance in mammals or to protect endothelial cells from injury.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides could find use to modulate cellular metabolic reactions. Such metabolic reactions include adipogenesis, gluconeogenesis, glycogenolysis, lipogenesis, glucose uptake, protein synthesis, thermogenesis, oxygen utilization and the like.
  • Zacrp ⁇ may also be evaluated for antimicrobial activity.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptide may be used for surgical pretreatment to prevent injury due to ischemia and/or inflammation or in like procedures.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides may also find use as neurotransmitters or as modulators of neurotransmission.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides may find utility in modulating nutrient uptake, as demonstrated, for example, by 2-deoxy-glucose uptake in the brain or the like. ⁇ 7
  • Inflammation is a protective response by an organism to fend off an invading agent. Inflammation is a cascading event that involves many cellular and humoral mediators. On one hand, suppression of inflammatory responses can leave a host immunocompromised; however, if left unchecked, inflammation can lead to serious complications including chronic inflammatory diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease and the like), septic shock and multiple organ failure. Importantly, these diverse disease states share common inflammatory mediators. The collective diseases that are characterized by inflammation have a large impact on human morbidity and mortality.
  • anti- inflammatory antibodies and polypeptides such as zacrp ⁇ polypeptides (e.g., zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, including homo- and hetero-trimers, hexamers, 9mers and 18mers and mixtures thereof), fragments thereof, fusion proteins) and antibodies thereto as described herein, could have crucial therapeutic potential for a vast number of human and animal diseases, from asthma and allergy to autoimmunity and septic shock.
  • anti-inflammatory zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention can be used therapeutically as zacrp ⁇ agonists/antagonists, particularly in diseases such as arthritis, endotoxemia, inflammatory bowel disease, psoriasis, and related diseases.
  • rheumatoid arthritis is a systemic disease that affects the entire body and is one of the most common forms of arthritis. It is characterized by the inflammation of the membrane lining the joint, which causes pain, stiffness, warmth, redness and swelling. Inflammatory cells release enzymes that may digest bone and cartilage.
  • Rheumatoid arthritis is an immune-mediated disease particularly characterized by inflammation and subsequent tissue damage leading to severe disability and increased mortality.
  • a variety of cytokines are produced locally in the rheumatoid joints.
  • Numerous studies have demonstrated that IL-1 and TNF-alpha, two prototypic pro-inflammatory cytokines, play an important role in the mechanisms involved in synovial inflammation and in progressive joint destruction. Indeed, the administration of TNF-alpha and IL-1 inhibitors in patients with RA has led to a dramatic improvement of clinical and biological signs of inflammation and a reduction of radiological signs of bone erosion and cartilage destruction.
  • CIA Since CIA shares similar immunological and pathological features with RA, this makes it an ideal model for screening potential human anti-inflammatory compounds.
  • the CIA model is a well-known model in mice that depends on both an immune response, and an inflammatory response, in order to occur.
  • the immune response comprises the interaction of B-cells and CD4+ T-cells in response to collagen, which is given as antigen, and leads to the production of anti-collagen antibodies.
  • the inflammatory phase is the result of tissue responses from mediators of inflammation, as a consequence of some of these antibodies cross-reacting to the mouse's native collagen and activating the complement cascade.
  • An advantage in using the CLA model is that the basic mechanisms of pathogenesis are known.
  • T-cell and B-cell epitopes on type H collagen have been identified, and various immunological (e.g., delayed-type hypersensitivity and anti-collagen antibody) and inflammatory (e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and matrix -degrading enzymes) parameters relating to immune- mediated arthritis have been determined, and can thus be used to assess test compound efficacy in the CIA model (Wooley, Curr. Opin. Rheum. 3:407-20, 1999; Williams et al., Immunol. 89:9784-7 ⁇ , 1992; Myers et al., Life Sci. 61:1861-78, 1997; and Wang et al., Immunol. 92:8955-959, 1995).
  • immunological e.g., delayed-type hypersensitivity and anti-collagen antibody
  • inflammatory e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and matrix -degrading enzymes
  • zacrp ⁇ comprising polypeptides of the present invention to these CIA model mice
  • administration of zacrp ⁇ comprising polypeptides of the present invention to these CIA model mice can be used to evaluate the use of zacrp ⁇ to ameliorate symptoms and alter the course of disease.
  • zacrp ⁇ may induce production of SAA, which is implicated in the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis
  • SAA SAA activity in vitro and in vivo
  • the systemic or local administration of zacrp ⁇ comprising polypeptides can potentially suppress the inflammatory response in RA and the like.
  • Endotoxemia is a severe condition commonly resulting from infectious agents such as bacteria and other infectious disease agents, sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, or in immunocompromised patients subjected to opportunistic infections, and the like.
  • Therapeutically useful zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention could aid in preventing and treating endotoxemia, and to reduce inflammation and pathological effects of endotoxemia in humans and animals.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccharide
  • LPS LPS toxicity
  • cytokines The toxicity of LPS appears to be mediated by these cytokines as passive immunization against these mediators can result in decreased mortality (Beutler et al., Science 229:869, 1985).
  • the potential immunointervention strategies for the prevention and/or treatment of septic shock include anti-TNF mAb, IL-1 receptor antagonist, L1F, IL-10, and G-CSF. Since LPS induces the production of pro-inflammatory factors possibly contributing to the pathology of endotoxemia, the neutralization of SAA or other pro-inflammatory factors by zacrp ⁇ can be used to reduce the symptoms of endotoxemia, such as seen in endotoxic shock and the like.
  • H3D Inflammatory Bowel Disease
  • Ulcerative colitis Ulcerative colitis
  • small and large intestine Crohn's Disease
  • Potential therapeutics include zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention which could serve as a valuable therapeutic to reduce inflammation and pathological effects in IBD and related diseases.
  • Ulcerative colitis is ah inflammatory disease of the large intestine, commonly called the colon, characterized by inflammation and ulceration of the mucosa or innermost lining of the colon. This inflammation causes the colon to empty frequently, resulting in diarrhea. Symptoms include loosening of the stool and associated abdominal cramping, fever and weight loss.
  • UC Ulcerative colitis
  • the disease usually begins in the rectal area and may eventually extend through the entire large bowel. Repeated episodes of inflammation lead to thickening of the wall of the intestine and rectum with scar tissue. Death of colon tissue or sepsis may occur with severe disease. The symptoms of ulcerative colitis vary in severity and their onset may be gradual or sudden. Attacks may be provoked by many factors, including respiratory infections or stress.
  • TNBS 2,4,6-trinitrobenesulfonic acid/ethanol
  • DSS dextran sulfate sodium
  • Another colitis model uses dextran sulfate sodium (DSS), which induces an acute colitis manifested by bloody diarrhea, weight loss, shortening of the colon and mucosal ulceration with neutrophil infiltration.
  • DSS-induced colitis is characterized histologically by infiltration of inflammatory cells into the lamina intestinal, with lymphoid hyperplasia, focal crypt damage, and epithelial ulceration. These changes are thought to develop due to a toxic effect of DSS on the epithelium and by phagocytosis of lamina limba cells and production of TNF-alpha and IFN-gamma.
  • DSS is regarded as a T cell-independent model because it is observed in T cell-deficient animals such as SOD mice.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention such as, for instance, homo and/or heterotrimers, homo and/or heterohexamers, homo and/or heteiT ⁇ mers and mixtures thereof, fusion proteins, and fragments thereof, to these TNBS or DSS models can be used to evaluate the use of zacrp ⁇ to ameliorate symptoms and alter the course of gastrointestinal disease.
  • Zacrp ⁇ may play a neutralizing role in the inflammatory response in colitis, and the administration of zacrp ⁇ is a potential therapeutic approach for IBD, and other like inflammatory diseases.
  • Psoriasis is a chronic skin condition that affects more than seven million Americans. Psoriasis occurs when new skin cells grow abnormally, resulting in inflamed, swollen, and scaly patches of skin where the old skin has not shed quickly enough. Plaque psoriasis, the most common form, is characterized by inflamed patches of skin ("lesions") topped with silvery white scales. Psoriasis may be limited to a few plaques or involve moderate to extensive areas of skin, appearing most commonly on the scalp, knees, elbows and trunk. Although it is highly visible, psoriasis is not a contagious disease. The pathogenesis of the diseases involves chronic inflammation of the affected tissues.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention could serve as a valuable therapeutic to reduce inflammation and pathological effects in psoriasis, other inflammatory skin diseases, skin and mucosal allergies, and related diseases.
  • a zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention in treating psoriasis and postular psoriasis, animal models are discussed in Mizutani, H., et al., Arch Dermatol Res 2003 Apr;295 Suppl l:S67- ⁇ , and Pol, A., et al., Skin Pharmacol Appl Skin Physiol 2002 Jul-Aug;75(4):252-61.
  • Psoriasis is a T-cell mediated inflammatory disorder of the skin that can cause considerable discomfort. It is a disease for which there is no cure and affects people of all ages. Psoriasis affects approximately two percent of the populations of European and North America. Although individuals with mild psoriasis can often control their disease with topical agents, more than one million patients worldwide require ultraviolet or systemic immunosuppressive therapy. Unfortunately, the inconvenience and risks of ultraviolet radiation and the toxicities of many therapies limit their long-term use. Moreover, patients usually have recurrence of psoriasis, and in some cases rebound, shortly after stopping immunosuppressive therapy.
  • mammalian energy balance may be evaluated by monitoring one or more of the following metabolic functions: adipogenesis, gluconeogenesis, glycogenolysis, lipogenesis, glucose uptake, protein synthesis, thermogenesis, oxygen utilization or the like.
  • metabolic functions are monitored by techniques (assays or animal models) known to one of ordinary skill in the art, as is more fully set forth below.
  • the glucoregulatory effects of insulin are predominantly exerted in the liver, skeletal muscle and adipose tissue.
  • Insulin binds to its cellular receptor in these three tissues and initiates tissue-specific actions that result in, for example, the inhibition of glucose production and the stimulation of glucose utilization.
  • insulin stimulates glucose uptake and inhibits gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis.
  • skeletal muscle and adipose tissue insulin acts to stimulate the uptake, storage and utilization of glucose.
  • Adipogenesis, gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis are interrelated components of mammalian energy balance, which may be evaluated by known techniques using, for example, ob/ob mice or db/db mice.
  • the ob/ob mice are inbred mice that are homozygous for an inactivating mutation at the ob (obese) locus.
  • Such ob/ob mice are hyperphagic and hypometabolic, and are believed to be deficient in production of circulating OB protein.
  • the db/db mice axe. inbred mice that are homozygous for an inactivating mutation at the db (diabetes) locus.
  • the db/db mice display a phenotype similar to that of ob/ob mice, except db/db mice also display a diabetic phenotype.
  • Such db/db mice are believed to be resistant to the effects of circulating OB protein.
  • various in vitro methods of assessing these parameters are known in the art. Insulin-stimulated lipogenesis, for example, may be monitored by
  • Glucose uptake may be evaluated, for example, in an assay for insulin- stimulated glucose transport.
  • Non-transfected, differentiated L6 myotubes (maintained in the absence of G41 ⁇ ) are placed in DMEM containing 1 g/1 glucose, 0.5 or 1.0% BSA, 20 mM Hepes, and 2 mM glutamine. After two to five hours of culture, the medium is replaced with fresh, glucose-free DMEM containing 0.5 or 1.0% BSA, 20 mM Hepes, 1 mM pyruvate, and 2 mM glutamine. Appropriate concentrations of insulin or IGF-1, or a dilution series of the test substance, are added, and the cells are incubated for 20-30 minutes.
  • 3JJ or 14c-labeled deoxyglucose is added to approximately 50 1M final concentration, and the cells are incubated for approximately 10-30 minutes.
  • the cells are then quickly rinsed with cold buffer (e.g. PBS), then lysed with a suitable lysing agent (e.g., 1% SDS or 1 N NaOH).
  • a suitable lysing agent e.g., 1% SDS or 1 N NaOH
  • the cell lysate is then evaluated by counting in a scintillation counter.
  • Cell-associated radioactivity is taken as a measure of glucose transport after subtracting non-specific binding as determined by incubating cells in the presence of cytocholasin b, an inhibitor of glucose transport.
  • Other methods include those described by, for example, Manchester et al., Am. J. Physiol. 266 (Endocrinol. Metab.
  • Protein synthesis may be evaluated, for example, by comparing precipitation of S-methionine-labeled proteins following incubation of the test cells with 35 S-methionine and 35 S-methionine and a putative modulator of protein synthesis.
  • Thermogenesis may be evaluated as described by B. Stanley in The Biology of Neuropeptide Y and Related Peptides, W. Colmers and C. Wahlestedt (eds.), Humana Press, Ottawa, 1993, pp. 457-509; C. Billington et al., Am. J. Physiol 260.R321, 1991; N.
  • Oxygen utilization may be evaluated as described by Heller et al., Pflugers Arch 369: 55-9, 1977. This method also involved an analysis of hypothalmic temperature and metabolic heat production. Oxygen utilization and thermoregulation have also been evaluated in humans as described by Haskell et al., J. Appl Physiol. 51: 948-54, 1981.
  • neurotransmission functions may be evaluated by monitoring 2-deoxy-glucose uptake in the brain.
  • This parameter is monitored by techniques (assays or animal models) known to one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, autoradiography.
  • Useful monitoring techniques are described, for example, by Kilduff et al., J. Neurosci. 10: 2463-75, 1990, with related techniques used to evaluate the "hibernating heart” as described in Gerber et al. Circulation 94: 651- ⁇ , 1996, and Fallavollita et al., Circulation 95: 1900-9, 1997.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions agonists or antagonists thereof may be therapeutically useful for anti-microbial applications.
  • complement component Clq plays a role in host defense against infectious agents, such as bacteria and viruses. Clq is known to exhibit several specialized functions. For example, Clq triggers the complement cascade via interaction with bound antibody or C-reactive protein (CRP). Also, Clq interacts directly with certain bacteria, RNA viruses, mycoplasma, uric acid crystals, the lipid A component of bacterial endotoxin and membranes of certain intracellular organelles. Clq binding to the Clq receptor is believed to promote phagocytosis. Clq also appears to enhance the antibody formation aspect of the host defense system.
  • soluble Clq-like molecules may be useful as anti-microbial agents, promoting lysis or phagocytosis of infectious agents.
  • the collagenous domains of proteins such as Clq and macrophage scavenger receptor are know to bind acidic phospholipids such as LPA.
  • the interaction of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists with mitogenic anions such as LPA can be determined using assays known in the art, see for example, Acton et al., ibid.
  • Inhibition of inflammatory processes by polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention would also be useful in preventing infection at the wound site, such as a burn.
  • Anti-microbial protective agents may be directly acting or indirectly acting. Such agents operating via membrane association or pore forming mechanisms of action directly attach to the offending microbe. Anti-microbial agents can also act via an enzymatic mechanism, breaking down microbial protective substances or the cell wall/membrane thereof. Anti-microbial agents, capable of inhibiting microorganism proliferation or action or of disrupting microorganism integrity by either mechanism set forth above, are useful in methods for preventing contamination in cell culture by microbes susceptible to that anti-microbial activity. Such techniques involve culturing cells in the presence of an effective amount of said zacrp ⁇ polypeptide or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides or agonists thereof may be used as cell culture reagents in in vitro studies of exogenous microorganism infection, such as bacterial, viral or fungal infection. Such moieties may also be used in in vivo animal models of infection.
  • Zacrp ⁇ fragments as well as zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists or antibodies may be evaluated with respect to their anti-microbial properties according to procedures known in the art. See, for example, Barsum et al., Eur. Respir. J. ⁇ (5): 709-14, 1995; Sandovsky-Losica et al., J. Med. Vet. Mycol (England) 28(4): 219-81, 1990; Mehentee et al., J. Gen. Microbiol (England) 135 (Pt. 8): 2181-8, 1989; Segal and Savage, /. Med. Vet. Mycol. 24: 411-9, 1986 and the like.
  • zacrp ⁇ in this regard can be compared to proteins known to be functional in this regard, such as proline-rich proteins, lysozyme, histatins, lactoperoxidase or the like.
  • zacrp ⁇ fragments, polypeptides, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists or antibodies may be evaluated in combination with one or more anti-microbial agents to identify synergistic effects.
  • anti-microbial properties of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists and antibodies may be similarly evaluated.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide fragments as well as zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists or antibodies of the present invention may also modulate calcium ion concentration, muscle contraction, hormone secretion, DNA synthesis or cell growth, inositol phosphate turnover, arachidonate release, phospholipase-C activation, gastric emptying, human neutrophil activation or ADCC capability, superoxide anion production and the like. Evaluation of these properties can be conducted by known methods, such as those set forth herein.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, antibody, agonist or antagonist on intracellular calcium level may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like.
  • the impact of zacrp8 polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on muscle contraction may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Smits & Lebebvre, J. Auton. Pharmacol 14: 383-92, 1994, Belloli et al., J. Vet. Pharmacol. Therap. 17: 379-83, 1994, Maggi et al., Regulatory Peptides 53: 259-74, 1994, and the like.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on hormone secretion may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those for prolactin release described by Henriksen et al., J. Recep. Sig. Transd. Res. 15(1-4): 529-41, 1995, and the like.
  • the impact of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on DNA synthesis or cell growth may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like.
  • the impact of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on inositol phosphate turnover may be assessed by 9 ⁇
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on arachidonate release may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like.
  • the impact of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on phospholipase-C activation may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on gastric emptying may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Varga et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol 2 ⁇ 6: 109-112, 1995, and the like.
  • the impact of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on human neutrophil activation and ADCC capability may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Wozniak et al., Immunology 7 ⁇ : 629-34, 1993, and the like.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on superoxide anion production may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Wozniak et al., Immunology 7 ⁇ : 629-34, 1993, and the like.
  • zacrp ⁇ on expression of cell surface adhesion molecules such as E-selectin (endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule), V-CAM (vascular cell adhesion molecule), and I-CAM (intercellular adhesion molecule)
  • TRBMEC microvascular bone marrow cells
  • This activity can be compared to the stimulation from inflammatory cytokines such as TNF (tumor necrosis factor).
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • a THP-1 monocyte adherence assay according to Ouchi et al., (ibid.) and Cybulsky and Gimbrone, (Science 257:7 ⁇ 8-91, 1991) may be used to measure zacrp ⁇ activity as well.
  • Collagen is a potent inducer of platelet aggregation. Platelets interact with damaged vessel walls to form a thrombus. The degree of response is graded due to the subendothelium tissue exposed and the blood flow in the injured area. This poses risks to patients recovering from vascular injures. Inhibitors of collagen-induced platelet aggregation would be useful for blocking the binding of platelets to collagen- coated surfaces and reducing associated collagen-induced platelet aggregation. Clq is a component of the complement pathway and has been found to stimulate defense mechanisms as well as trigger the generation of toxic oxygen species that can cause tissue damage (Tenner, Behring hist. Mitt. 93:241-53, 1993). Clq binding sites are found on platelets.
  • Clq independent of an immune binding partner, has been found to inhibit platelet aggregation but not platelet adhesion or shape change.
  • the amino terminal region of Clq shares homology with collagen (Peerschke and Ghebrehiwet, J. Immunol. 745:2984- ⁇ , 1990).
  • Inhibition of Clq and the complement pathway can be determined using methods disclosed herein or know in the art, such as described in Suba and Csako, J. Immunol. 777:304-9, 1976.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides would be useful in modulating hemostasis, increasing blood flow flowing vascular injury and pacifying collagenous surfaces.
  • the activity of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists on collagen-mediated platelet adhesion, activation and aggregation may be measured using methods described herein or known in the art, such as the platelet aggregation assay (Chiang et al., Thrombosis Res. 37:605-12, 19 ⁇ 5) and platelet adhesion assays (Peerschke and Ghebrehiwet, J. Immunol. 144:221-25, 1990). Assays for platelet adhesion to collagen and inhibition of collagen-induced platelet aggregation can be measured using methods described in Keller et al., J. Biol. Chem.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists of the present invention can be used in methods for promoting blood flow within the vasculature of a mammal by reducing the number of platelets that adhere and are activated and the size of platelet aggregates. Such methods would comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists to a mammal in need of such treatment, whereby zacrp ⁇ reduces thrombogenic and complement activity within the vasculature of the mammal.
  • Zacrp8 polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists used in such methods can be administered prior to, during or following an acute vascular injury in the mammal.
  • the vascular injury is due to vascular reconstruction, including but not limited to, angioplasty, endarterectomy, coronary artery bypass graft, microvascular repair or anastomosis of a vascular graft.
  • vascular injuries due to trauma, stroke or aneurysm.
  • the vascular injury is due to plaque rupture, degradation of the vasculature, complications associated with diabetes and atherosclerosis. Plaque rupture in the coronary artery induces heart attack and in the cerebral artery induces stroke.
  • zacrp8 polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists in such methods would also be useful for ameliorating whole system diseases of the vasculature associated with the immune system, such as disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) and SIDs. Additionally the complement inhibiting activity would be useful for treating non- vasculature immune diseases such as arteriolosclerosis.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists on vasodilation of aortic rings can be measured according to the methods of Dainty et al., J. Pharmacol. 100:161, 1990 and Rhee et al., Neurotox. 76:179, 1995.
  • Various in vitro and in vivo models are available for measuring the effect of zacrp8 polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists and antagonists on ischemia and reperfusion injury.
  • Bleeding times in hamsters and baboons can be measured following injection of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides using the model described by Deckmyn et al., ibid.
  • the formation of thrombus in response to administration of proteins of the present invention can be measured using the hamster femoral vein thrombosis model is provided by Deckmyn et al., ibid.
  • Changes in platelet adhesion under flow conditions following administration of zacrp ⁇ can be measured using the method described in Harsfalvi et al., Blood 85:705-11, 1995.
  • Complement inhibition and wound healing activity of zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists can be assayed alone or in combination with other know inhibitors of collagen-induced platelet activation and aggregation, such as palldipin, moubatin or calin, for example.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists can be evaluated using methods described herein or known in the art, such as healing of dermal layers in pigs (Lynch et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA S4: 7696- 700, 19 ⁇ 7) and full-thickness skin wounds in genetically diabetic mice (Greenhalgh et al., Am. J. Pathol 136: 1235-46, 1990), for example.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can be assayed alone or in combination with other known complement inhibitors as described above.
  • Proteins that bind collagen are useful to pacify damaged collagenous tissues preventing platelet adhesion, activation or aggregation, and the activation of inflammatory processes which lead to the release of toxic oxygen products.
  • By rendering the exposed tissue inert towards such processes as complement activity, thrombotic activity and immune activation, zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists would be useful in reducing the injurious effects of ischemia and reperfusion.
  • injuries would include trauma injury ischemia, intestinal strangulation, and injury associated with pre- and post- establishment of blood flow.
  • Zacrp ⁇ would be Useful in the treatment of cardiopulmonary bypass ischemia and recesitation, myocardial infarction and post trauma vasospasm, such as stroke or percutanious transluminal angioplasty as well as accidental or surgical-induced vascular trauma.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists would also be useful to pacify prosthetic biomaterials and surgical equipment to render the surface of the materials inert towards complement activation, thrombotic activity or immune activation.
  • Such materials include, but are not limited to, collagen or collagen fragment-coated biomaterials, gelatin-coated biomaterials, fibrin-coated biomaterials, fibronectin-coated biomaterials, heparin-coated biomaterials, collagen and gel-coated stents, arterial grafts, synthetic heart valves, artificial organs or any prosthetic application exposed to blood that will bind zacrp ⁇ at greater than 1 x 10 . Coating such materials can be done using methods known in the art, see for example, Rubens, US Patent No. 5,272,074.
  • Complement and Clq play a role in inflammation.
  • the complement activation is initiated by binding of Clq to immunoglobulins (Johnston, Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 72:933-41, 1993; Ward and Ghetie, Therap. Immunol. 2:77-94, 1995).
  • Inhibitors of Clq and complement would be useful as anti-inflammatory agents. Such application can be made to prevent infection. Additionally, such inhibitors can be administrated to an individual suffering from inflammation mediated by complement activation and binding of immune complexes to Clq.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists would be useful in methods of mediating wound repair, enhancing progression in wound healing by overcoming impaired wound healing. Progression in wound healing (see, for example, Example 5) would include, for example, such elements as a reduction in inflammation, fibroblasts recruitment, wound retraction and reduction in infection.
  • zacrp ⁇ antagonists or inhibitors may be able to reduce or prevent tumor cell metastasis.
  • zacrp ⁇ the activity and effect of zacrp ⁇ on tumor progression and metastasis can be measured in vivo.
  • Several syngeneic mouse models have been developed to study the influence of polypeptides, compounds or other treatments on tumor progression.
  • tumor cells passaged in culture are implanted into mice of the same strain as the tumor donor. The cells will develop into tumors having similar characteristics in the recipient mice, and metastasis will also occur in some of the models.
  • Appropriate tumor models for our studies include the Lewis lung carcinoma (ATCC No. CRL-1642) and B16 melanoma (ATCC No. CRL-6323), amongst others.
  • C57BL6/J mice are both commonly used tumor lines, syngeneic to the C57BL6/J mouse, that are readily cultured and manipulated in vitro. Tumors resulting from implantation of either of these cell lines are capable of metastasis to the lung in C57BL6/J mice.
  • the Lewis lung carcinoma model has recently been used in mice to identify an inhibitor of angiogenesis (O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79: 315-32 ⁇ , 1994).
  • C57BL6/J mice are treated with an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one time injection of recombinant adenovirus. Three days following this treatment, 10 5 to 10 6 cells are implanted under the dorsal skin.
  • the cells themselves may be infected with recombinant adenovirus, such as one expressing zacrp ⁇ , before implantation so that the protein is synthesized at the tumor site or intracellularly, rather than systemically.
  • adenovirus such as one expressing zacrp ⁇
  • the mice normally develop visible tumors within 5 days. The tumors are allowed to grow for a period of up to 3 weeks, during which time they may reach a size of 1500 - l ⁇ 00 mm 3 in the control treated group. Tumor size and body weight are carefully monitored throughout the experiment. At the time of sacrifice, the tumor is removed and weighed along with the lungs and the liver. The lung weight has been shown to correlate well with metastatic tumor burden. As an additional measure, lung surface metastases are counted.
  • the resected tumor, lungs and liver are prepared for histopathological examination, immunohistochemistry, and in situ hybridization, using methods known in the art and described herein.
  • the influence of the expressed polypeptide in question, e.g., zacrp ⁇ , on the ability of the tumor to recruit vasculature and undergo metastasis can thus be assessed.
  • the implanted cells can be transiently transfected with zacrp ⁇ .
  • Use of stable zacrp ⁇ transfectants as well as use of induceable promoters to activate zacrp8 expression in vivo are known in the art and can be used in this system to assess zacrp ⁇ induction of metastasis.
  • purified zacrp ⁇ or zacrp ⁇ conditioned media can be directly injected in to this mouse model, and hence be used in this system.
  • O'Reilly MS et al. Cell 79:315-32 ⁇ , 1994
  • Rusciano D et al. Murine Models of Liver Metastasis. Invasion Metastasis 74:349-361, 1995.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention and/or zacrp ⁇ antibodies will be useful in treating tumorgenesis, and therefore would be useful in the treatment of cancer.
  • Zacrp ⁇ binds monocytes as shown herein and promotes, enhance,s and/or facilitates keratinocyte migration.
  • Over stimulation of activated T-cells, monocytes and macrophages by zacrp ⁇ could result in a human disease state such as, for instance, an immune cell cancer or other cancers.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides of the present invention can serve as a diagnostic, and can serve as antagonists of tumor cell proliferative and/or metastatic activity.
  • a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide could be administered in combination with other agents already in use including both conventional chemotherapeutic agents as well as immune modulators such as interferon alpha.
  • Alpha/beta interferons have been shown to be effective in treating some leukemias and animal disease models, and the growth inhibitory effects of interferon-alpha and zacrp ⁇ may be additive.
  • Zacrp ⁇ may also be involved in the development of cancer. Thus, it may be useful to treat tumors, e.g., tumors of epithelial origin, with a zacrp8 polypeptide of the present invention or a zacrp ⁇ antibody which include, but are not limited to, carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, and melanomas.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide of the present invention or a zacrp ⁇ antagonist may be used to treat a cancer, or reduce one or more symptoms of a cancer, including but not limited to squamous cell or epidermoid carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, papillary carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, malignant mixed tumor of salivary gland origin, Wilms' tumor, immature teratoma, teratocarcinoma, and other tumors comprising at least some cells of epithelial origin.
  • Platelet adhesion, activation and aggregation can be evaluated using methods described herein or known in the art, such as the platelet aggregation assay (Chiang et al., Thrombosis Res. 37:605-12, 19 ⁇ 5) and platelet adhesion assays (Peerschke and Ghebrehiwet, /. Immunol. 744:221-25, 1990).
  • Inhibition of Clq and the complement pathway can be determined using methods disclosed herein or know in the art, such as described in Suba and Csako, J. Immunol. 777:304-9, 1976.
  • Assays for platelet adhesion to collagen and inhibition of collagen-induced platelet aggregation can be measured using methods described in Keller et al., J. Biol Chem. 268:5450-6, 1993; Waxman and Connolly, J. Biol. Chem. 268:5445-9, 1993; Noeske-Jungblut et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:5050-3 or 1994 Deckmyn et al., Blood 85:712-9, 1995.
  • Lysophospholipid growth factor lysophosphatidic acid, LPA
  • other mitogenic anions localize at the site of damaged tissues and assist in wound repair.
  • LPA exerts many biological effects including activation of platelets and up-regulation of matrix assembly. It is thought that LPA synergizes with other blood coagulation factors and mediates wound healing.
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists can also be used to effect the decision of a particular tissue to initiate or terminate tissue remodeling, e.g., tissue necrosis factor, acrp30, and zsig37.
  • tissue remodeling may be initiated by many factors including physical injury, cytotoxic injury, metabolic stress, or developmental stimuli.
  • Tissue remodeling involves the generation and destruction of tissue, which requires, for instance, constant reorganization and restructuring of the extracellular matrix including interstitial collagens, basement membrane collagen, fibronectin, laminin, aggrecan, and various proteoglycans.
  • the difference between pathology and normal healing must be a finely tuned process, and may be modulated in party by the interaction of stimulated cells with the extracellular matrix environment as well as the local solvent.
  • the adipocyte complement related family of proteins appear to act at the interface extracellular matrix and cells (Fig. 1), e.g., zsig37 binds specific collagen types and also platelets (Sheppard, P., WO 99/04000; and Bishop et al., WO 00/4 ⁇ 625).
  • the phenotypic manifestation of many auto-immune and remodeling related diseases is extensive activation of inflammatory and/or tissue remodeling processes.
  • the result is often that the functional organ or sub-organ tissue is replaced by a variety of extracellular matrix components incapable or performing the function of the replaced biological structure.
  • the initiation events in these diseases may involve an injury or an initial perturbation of the optimal biological structure regulation.
  • acrp30 a member of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins, is expressed only in actively proliferating adipose tissue. Connective tissue remodeling is tightly linked to this activation of fat cells.
  • this vascular disease state may result from or be significantly impacted by excessive and/or inappropriate arterial remodeling.
  • zsig37 keeps platelets relatively quiescent after injury, and thus excessive recruitment of pro-remodeling and proinflammatory proteins and cells never occurs.
  • Other members of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins, e.g., zacrp8 may modulate remodeling induced by the presence of, for instance, fat or cholesterol.
  • auto-antigens may be further limited by targeting the remodeling process.
  • auto-antigens diagnostic of scleroderma are cytoplasmic proteins to one of skill in the art.
  • antibodies to these proteins are raised in response to non-specific inflammation induced by improper or incomplete local tissue repair mediated at least in part by zacrp ⁇ .
  • a further example is inflammation present in arthritis.
  • the present invention includes the use of proteins, polypeptides, and peptides having zacrp ⁇ activity (such as zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, anti-idiotype anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies, and zacrp ⁇ fusion proteins) to a subject in need of a zacrp ⁇ protein.
  • zacrp ⁇ activity such as zacrp ⁇ polypeptides, anti-idiotype anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies, and zacrp ⁇ fusion proteins
  • the dosage of administered zacrp ⁇ polypeptide of the present invention will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, lO ⁇
  • zacrp ⁇ polypeptide which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate.
  • a dosage of zacrp ⁇ polypeptide which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate.
  • Administration of a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide to a subject can be topical, inhalant, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection.
  • the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses.
  • One form of administration is made at or near the site of vascular injury.
  • Additional routes of administration include oral, mucosal-membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous.
  • Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid- based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-2 ⁇ (Plenum Press 1997)).
  • the feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Hlum, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:199 (1999)).
  • Dry or liquid particles comprising zacrp ⁇ can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers (e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 76:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)).
  • dry-powder dispersers liquid aerosol generators
  • nebulizers e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 76:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having zacrp ⁇ binding activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient.
  • Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995).
  • molecules having zacrp ⁇ activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having zacrp ⁇ activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
  • an agent used to treat inflammation is physiologically significant if its presence alleviates at least a portion of the inflammatory response.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising zacrp ⁇ polypeptide of the present invention can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form.
  • Liquid forms are illustrated by injectable solutions, aerosols, droplets, topological solutions and oral suspensions.
  • Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controUed-release forms. The latter form is illustrated by miniosmotic pumps and implants (Bremer et ah, Pharm.
  • Liposomes provide one means to deliver therapeutic polypeptides to a subject intravenously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, or via oral administration, inhalation, or intranasal administration.
  • Liposomes are microscopic vesicles that consist of one or more lipid bilayers surrounding aqueous compartments (see, generally, Bakker-Woudenberg et ah, Eur. J. Clin. Microbioh Infect. Dis. 12 (Suppl.
  • Liposomes are similar in composition to cellular membranes and as a result, liposomes can be administered safely and are biodegradable. Depending on the method of preparation, liposomes may be unilamellar or multilamellar, and liposomes can vary in size with diameters ranging from 0.02 ⁇ m to greater than 10 ⁇ m.
  • a variety of agents can be encapsulated in liposomes: hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers and hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s) (see, for example, Machy et ah, Liposomes In Cell Biology And Pharmacology (John Libbey 19 ⁇ 7), and Ostro et ah, American J. Hosp. Pharm. 46:1576 (19 ⁇ 9)). Moreover, it is possible to control the therapeutic availability of the encapsulated agent by varying liposome size, the number of bilayers, lipid composition, as well as the charge and surface characteristics of the liposomes.
  • Liposomes can adsorb to virtually any type of cell and then slowly release the encapsulated agent.
  • an absorbed liposome may be endocytosed by cells that are phagocytic. Endocytosis is followed by intralysosomal degradation of liposomal lipids and release of the encapsulated agents (Scherphof et ah, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 446:368 (19 ⁇ 5)).
  • small liposomes (0.1 to 1.0 ⁇ m) are typically taken up by cells of the reticuloendothelial system, located principally in the liver and spleen, whereas liposomes larger than 3.0 ⁇ m are deposited in the lung. This preferential uptake of smaller liposomes by the cells of the reticuloendothelial system has been used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to macrophages and to tumors of the liver.
  • the reticuloendothelial system can be circumvented by several methods including saturation with large doses of liposome particles, or selective macrophage inactivation by pharmacological means (Claassen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 802:42 ⁇ (1984)).
  • incorporation of glycolipid- or polyethelene glycol- derivatized phospholipids into liposome membranes has been shown to result in a significantly reduced uptake by the reticuloendothelial system (Allen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1068:133 (1991); Allen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
  • Liposomes can also be prepared to target particular cells or organs by varying phospholipid composition or by inserting receptors or ligands into the liposomes.
  • liposomes prepared with a high content of a nonionic surfactant, have been used to target the liver (Hayakawa et ah, Japanese Patent 04- 244,01 ⁇ ; Kato et ah, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 76:960 (1993)).
  • These formulations were prepared by mixing soybean phospatidylcholine, ⁇ -tocopherol, and ethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil (HCO-60) in methanol, concentrating the mixture under vacuum, and then reconstituting the mixture with water.
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
  • SG soybean-derived sterylglucoside mixture
  • Cho cholesterol
  • liposomes can be modified with branched type galactosyllipid derivatives to target asialoglycoprotein (galactose) receptors, which are exclusively expressed on the surface of liver cells (Kato and Sugiyama, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:287 (1997); Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 20:259 (1997)).
  • galactose asialoglycoprotein
  • Polyaconitylated human serum albumin liposomes provide another approach for targeting liposomes to liver cells (Kamps et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 94:11681 (1997)).
  • Geho, et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,603,044 describe a hepatocyte-directed liposome vesicle delivery system, which has specificity for hepatobiliary receptors associated with the specialized metabolic cells of the liver.
  • target cells are prelabeled with biotinylated antibodies specific for a ligand expressed by the target cell (Harasym et ah, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (199 ⁇ )).
  • streptavidin-conjugated liposomes are administered.
  • targeting antibodies are directly attached to liposomes (Harasym et ah, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)).
  • Polypeptides having zacrp ⁇ activity can be encapsulated within liposomes using standard techniques of protein microencapsulation (see, for example, Anderson et ah, Infect. Immun. 37:1099 (1981), Anderson et ah, Cancer Res. 50:1853 (1990), and Cohen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1063:95 (1991), Alving et al. "Preparation and Use of Liposomes in Immunological Studies," in Liposome Technology, 2nd Edition, Vol. IH, Gregoriadis (ed.), page 317 (CRC Press 1993), Wassef et ah, Meth. Enzymol. 749:124 (1987)).
  • liposomes may contain a variety of components.
  • liposomes may comprise lipid derivatives of poly(ethylene glycol) (Allen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
  • Degradable polymer microspheres have been designed to maintain high systemic levels of therapeutic proteins.
  • Microspheres are prepared from degradable polymers such as poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly (ortho esters), nonbiodegradable ethyl vinyl acetate polymers, in which proteins are entrapped in the polymer (Gombotz and Pettit, Bioconjugate Chem.
  • Polyethylene glycol (PEG)-coated nanospheres can also provide carriers for intravenous administration of therapeutic proteins (see, for example, Gref et ah, Pharm. Biotechnoh 10:167 (1997)).
  • the present invention also contemplates chemically modified polypeptides having zacrp ⁇ activity, such as a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide, zacrp ⁇ agonists, and zacrp ⁇ antagonists, for example anti-zacrp ⁇ antibodies, which a polypeptide is linked with a polymer, as discussed above.
  • dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 5 th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's
  • compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide or a zacrp ⁇ antagonist (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment that binds a zacrp ⁇ polypeptide).
  • Therapeutic polypeptides can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection.
  • a kit can include a dry-powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the zacrp ⁇ composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to zacrp8.
  • a subject can be treated with a pharmaceutical composition comprising a zacrp ⁇ peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein that is in the form of an oligomer.
  • Hlustrative oligomers include trimers, hexamers, 9mers, and l ⁇ mers.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can also comprise a mixture of zacrp ⁇ oligomers.
  • a pharmaceutical composition can comprises a mixture of trimers and hexamers of a polypeptide that comprises amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ JO NO:2.
  • the ratio of trimer/hexamer may be in the range of about 1/99, 2/98, 3/97, 4/95, 5/95, 6/94, 7/93, 8/92, 9/91, 10/90, 11/89, 12/88, 13/87, 14/86, 15/85, 16/84, 17/83, 18/82, 19/81, 20/ ⁇ O, 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 75/25, ⁇ O/20, 81/19, 82/18, 83/17, 84/16, 85/15, 86/14, 87/13, 88/12, 89/11, 90/10, 91/9, 92/8, 93/7, 94/6, 95/5, 96/4, 97/3, 98/2, or 99/1.
  • compositions comprise a mixture of oligomers in which the trimer/hexamer ratio lies in the range of about 5/95 to about 20/80.
  • a zacrp ⁇ peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein can be administered to a subject with or without an additional therapeutic agent. These therapeutic agents can be administered before, concomitant with, or after the administration of a zacrp8 peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein.
  • Combination therapy can be used to treat disorders and diseases as described herein.
  • the combination of a zacrp ⁇ peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein with at least one other therapeutic agent can be used to treat, for instance, acute myocardial infarction.
  • Polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention will be useful as educational tools in laboratory practicum kits for courses related to genetics and molecular biology, protein chemistry, and antibody production and analysis. Due to its unique polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences, molecules of zacrp ⁇ can be used as standards or as "unknowns" for testing purposes.
  • zacrp ⁇ polynucleotides can be used as an aid, such as, for example, to teach a student how to prepare expression constructs for bacterial, viral, or mammalian expression, including fusion constructs, wherein zacrpS is the gene to be expressed; for determining the restriction endonuclease cleavage sites of the polynucleotides; determining mRNA and DNA localization of zacrp ⁇ polynucleotides in tissues (i.e., by northern and Southern blotting as well as polymerase chain reaction); and for identifying related polynucleotides and polypeptides by nucleic acid hybridization.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides can be used as an aid to teach preparation of antibodies; identifying proteins by western blotting; protein purification; determining the weight of produced zacrp ⁇ polypeptides as a ratio to total protein produced; identifying peptide cleavage sites; coupling amino and carboxyl terminal tags; amino acid sequence analysis, as well as, but not limited to monitoring biological activities of both the native and tagged protein in vitro and in vivo.
  • Zacrp ⁇ polypeptides can also be used to teach analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, especially of the four alpha helices, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution.
  • analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, especially of the four alpha helices, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution.
  • a t containing the zacrp ⁇ can be given to the student to analyze. Since the amino acid sequence would be known by the instructor, the protein can be given to the student as a test to determine the skills or develop the skills of the student, the instructor would then know whether or not the student has correctly analyzed the polypeptide. Since every polypeptide is unique, the educational utility of zacrp ⁇ would be unique unto itself.
  • the antibodies which bind specifically to zacrp ⁇ can be used as a teaching aid to instruct students how to prepare affinity chromatography columns to purify zacrp ⁇ , cloning and sequencing the polynucleotide that encodes an antibody and thus as a practicum for teaching a student how to design humanized antibodies.
  • the zacrp ⁇ gene, polypeptide, or antibody would then be packaged by reagent companies and sold to educational institutions so that the students gain skill in art of molecular biology. Because each gene and protein is unique, each gene and protein creates unique challenges and learning experiences for students in a lab practicum. Such educational kits containing the zacrp ⁇ gene, polypeptide, or antibody are considered within the scope of the present invention.
  • the present invention includes the use of zacrp ⁇ nucleotide sequences to provide zacrp8 to a subject in need of such treatment.
  • a therapeutic expression vector can be provided that inhibits zacrp ⁇ gene expression, such as an anti- sense molecule, a ribozyme, or an external guide sequence molecule.
  • zacrp ⁇ gene there are numerous approaches to introduce a zacrp ⁇ gene to a subject, including the use of recombinant host cells that express zacrp8, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding zacrp ⁇ , use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes zacrp ⁇ , and the use of viruses that express zacrp ⁇ , such as recombinant retroviruses, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenoviruses, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses (see, for example, Mulligan, Science 260:926 (1993), Rosenberg et ah, Science 242:1575 (1988), LaSalle et ah, Science 259:98 ⁇ (1993), Wolff et ah, Science 247:1465 (1990), Breakfield and Deluca, Tlie New Biologist 3:203 (1991)).
  • viruses that express za
  • an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a zacrp ⁇ gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription.
  • a core promoter and optionally a regulatory element
  • a zacrp ⁇ gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 11498 (1993), Kolls et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:215 (1994), Li et ah, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et ah, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et ah, Cell 75:207 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et ah, Proc.
  • adenoviral vectors e.g., Kass-Eisler et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 11498 (1993), Kolls et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad
  • alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:857 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et ah, Science 243:1188 (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,5 ⁇ 7, 5,2 ⁇ ,641 and 5,32 ⁇ ,6 ⁇ ), parvovirus vectors (Koering et ah, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox virus vectors (Ozaki et al, Biochem.
  • the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
  • adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus
  • the adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters.
  • adenoviruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
  • adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted, inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid.
  • the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell.
  • adenovirus When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., , the highly vascularized liver).
  • adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector.
  • Such adenoviruses are El-deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2022 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (199 ⁇ )).
  • the deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfitano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (199 ⁇ )).
  • By deleting the entire adenovirus genome very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated.
  • High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods.
  • recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen.
  • an expression vector comprising a zacrp ⁇ gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes.
  • Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (1988)).
  • the use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages.
  • Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain.
  • Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting.
  • Targeted peptides e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters
  • proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
  • Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration of a zacrp ⁇ nucleic acid molecules.
  • Aihara and Miyazaki Nature Biotechnology 76:867 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
  • a therapeutic gene may encode a zacrp ⁇ anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of zacrp ⁇ .
  • Methods of preparing anti-sense constructs are known to those in the art. See, for example, Erickson et ah, Dev. Genet. 14:274 (1993) [transgenic mice], Augustine et al., Dev. Genet. 14:500 (1993) [murine whole embryo culture], and Olson and Gibo, Exp. Cell Res. 247:134 (199 ⁇ ) [cultured cells].
  • Suitable sequences for zacrp ⁇ anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of zacrp ⁇ disclosed herein.
  • an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337).
  • ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with zacrp ⁇ mRNA.
  • expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a zacrp ⁇ gene.
  • an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altman et ah, U.S. Patent No.
  • the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to zacrp ⁇ mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine.
  • the external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5 '-side of the base-paired region.
  • the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a zacrp ⁇ nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor.
  • a composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject.
  • suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)).
  • a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject.
  • the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy.
  • the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the at least a portion of SEQ ID NO: 2 includes SEQ ID NO: 2 amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, to 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330.
  • the polypeptide comprises or consists of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is covalently linked at the amino or carboxyl terminus to a moiety selected from the group consisting of affinity tags, toxins, radionucleotides, enzymes and fluorophores.
  • the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least 15, 30, 45, and/or 60 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO2.
  • the present invention also provides an antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds to a polypeptide as disclosed herein.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of a polyclonal antibody, a murine monoclonal antibody, a humanized antibody derived from a murine monoclonal antibody, an antibody fragment, and a human monoclonal antibody.
  • the antibody fragment is as disclosed above, wherein the antibody fragment is selected from the group consisting of F(ab'), F(ab), Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition unit.
  • the present invention also provides an anti-idiotype antibody that specifically binds to the antibody as disclosed above.
  • the present invention also provides a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion includes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1- 330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide.
  • the first portion includes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1- 330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID
  • fusion proteins of the present invention encompass an immunoglobulin fragment and a zacrp ⁇ peptide or polypeptide, as described herein.
  • the immunoglobulin moiety of such a fusion protein includes at least one constant region of an immunoglobulin.
  • the immunoglobulin moiety represents a segment of a human immunoglobulin.
  • the second portion of the fusion protein may optionally include another member of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO.T, or a complement thereof, under hybridization conditions of 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone), and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA at about 42°C to about 70°C.
  • 5xSSC lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate
  • 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
  • 5x Denhardt's solution lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400,
  • the nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of a polypeptide.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may also encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the at the least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2 is selected from the group of amino acid residues consisting of 1 to 16, 1 to 25, 1 to 196, 1 to 330,1 to 196, 1 to 330, 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may encode a polypeptide represented by SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of: a) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:l; and b) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:3.
  • the isolated nucleic molecule may include, for instance, nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO:3 wherein the nucleotides are selected from the group consisting of 144 to 1142, 144 to 731, 144 to l ⁇ , 189 to 1142, 189 to 731, 219 to 1142, 219 to 731, 738 to 1142, 144 to 1145, 189 to 1145, 219 to 1145 to 738 to 1145, and combinations thereof.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion comprises a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25 of SEQ ID NO:2; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide.
  • the first portion comprises a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO
  • the present invention also provides an expression vector comprising the following operably linked elements: a transcription promoter; a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide of the present invention; and a transcription terminator.
  • the present invention also provides a cultured cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein, wherein said cell expresses said polypeptide encoded by said DNA segment
  • fllustrative host cells include bacterial, yeast, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells.
  • Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce zacrp ⁇ polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the zacrp ⁇ protein, and, optionally, isolating the zacrp ⁇ protein from the cultured recombinant host cells.
  • the present invention also provides a method of producing a polypeptide comprising: culturing a cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein; whereby the cell expresses the polypeptide encoded by the DNA segment; and recovering the expressed polypeptide.
  • kits for performing these detection methods may comprise a container that comprises a nucleic acid molecule, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.T, and (c) a nucleic acid molecule consisting of at least 15, 30, 45, or 60 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l, or complements thereof.
  • Hlustrative nucleic acid molecules include nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotides 189 to 1142, 219 to 1142, or 73 ⁇ to 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement thereof.
  • a kit may also comprise a second container that comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of the nucleic acid molecule.
  • a kit for detection of zacrp8 protein may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the zacrp ⁇ gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of zacrp ⁇ can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess zacrp ⁇ . Transgenic mice that over-express zacrp ⁇ also provide model bioreactors for production of zacrp ⁇ in the milk or blood of larger animals. Methods for producing transgenic mice are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic
  • a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a zacrp ⁇ gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)).
  • the donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 lU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation.
  • Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating. Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma).
  • Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO 2 , 5% O 2 , and 90% N 2 at 37°C.
  • the eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO 2 incubator until microinjection.
  • the zacrp ⁇ encoding sequences can encode the amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO 2 -equilibrated mineral oil.
  • the DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei. Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected.
  • Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO 2 incubator.
  • two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients.
  • the recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds.
  • Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope.
  • a small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen.
  • the reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape.
  • the fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
  • a baby serrefine Robot, Rockville, MD
  • the pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in, allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette.
  • the fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in.
  • the peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip.
  • the mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours.
  • the recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning.
  • the weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors.
  • Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a
  • Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a zacrp ⁇ gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid.
  • animals are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
  • a partial hepatectomy is performed.
  • a surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process.
  • a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized.
  • a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity.
  • An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie.
  • a distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish.
  • the excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice.
  • the surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively.
  • the animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery.
  • the expression level of zacrp8 mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
  • transgenic mice that over-express zacrp ⁇
  • Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of zacrp ⁇ .
  • zacrp ⁇ gene expression can be inhibited using anti- sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes.
  • inhibitory sequences are targeted to zacrp ⁇ mRNA.
  • An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no zacrp ⁇ gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal zacrp ⁇ allele replaced by a nonfunctional zacrp ⁇ gene.
  • One method of designing a nonfunctional zacrp ⁇ gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes zacrp ⁇ .
  • Standard methods for producing these so-called “knockout mice” are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et ah, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)).
  • the novel zacrp ⁇ polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of the present invention was initially identified by querying an EST database for proteins having homology to adipocyte complement related proteins, characterized by a signal sequence, a collagen-like domain and a Clq domain. Polypeptides corresponding to ESTs meeting those search criteria were compared to known sequences to identify unknown proteins having homology to adipocyte complement related proteins. An assembled EST cluster was generated and predicted to be a secreted protein. The resulting 1145 bp sequence is disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Tissue First-Strand cDNAs Gene expression of zacrp ⁇ was examined using a commercially available normalized multiple tissue first-strand cDNA panel (OriGene Technologies, Inc. Rockville, MD).
  • the OriGene Human Tissue Rapid-ScanTM Panel (Cat. #CHSCA-101) contains 22 different tissues, bone marrow, and plasma blood leucocytes.
  • PCR reactions were set up using the zacrp8 specific oligo primers zc41,713, 5' gggaacataaactcacaggacacc 3' (SEQ ID NO.T5), and zc41,719, 5' gtcatcgtcctcatcagcaaaca 3' (SEQ ID NO: 16), which yield a 921 bp product, Qiagen HotStarTaq DNA Polymerase and Buffer (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia, CA), GeneAmp dNTPs (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA), and 7?e ⁇ iLoadTM dye (Research Genetics, Inc., Huntville, AL).
  • Qiagen HotStarTaq DNA Polymerase and Buffer Qiagen, Inc., Valencia, CA
  • GeneAmp dNTPs Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA
  • 7?e ⁇ iLoadTM dye Research Genetics, Inc., Huntville, AL
  • the PCR cycler conditions were as follows: an initial 1 cycle 15 minute denaturation at 95°C, 35 cycles of a 30 second denaturation at 94°C, 30 second annealing at 68°C and 1 minute and 30 second extension at 72°C, followed by a final 1 cycle extension of 3 minutes at 72°C.
  • the reactions were separated by electrophoresis on a 2% agarose gel (EM Science, Gibbstown, NJ) and visualized by staining with ethidium bromide.
  • a DNA fragment of the correct size was observed in the following human adult tissues: adrenal, heart, muscle, placenta, prostate, salivary, small intestine, spleen, stomach, testis, thyroid, uterus, and fetal liver. The highest expression was seen in heart, muscle, and placenta, followed by testis, stomach and small intestine. The other positive tissues showed weak expression.
  • cDNA for zacrp ⁇ was PCR amplified to add a C-terminal Glu-Glu tag along with Not! and Bgl H sites at the 5' and 3' termini respectively.
  • Primer zc41651 CACACAGGCCGGCCACCATGAGGATCTGGTGGCTTCTGC) (SEQ ID NO: 17) and zc41646
  • the zacrp ⁇ PCR product was excised from the gel, melted at 65°C, phenol extracted twice and then ethanol precipitated. The PCR product was then digested with Fsel-Bgl II, phenol/chloroform extracted, ethanol precipitated, and rehydrated in 20 ⁇ l dH O.
  • the cDNA was cloned into the Fsel-Bgl II sites of pZMP31. Ligation was performed using the FAST-LINK DNA ligation and screening kit (EPICENTRE TECHNOLOGIES; Madison, WI). Clones containing the zacrp ⁇ cDNA were identified by standard mini prep procedures.
  • the pZMP31 plasmids containing the cDNA for zacrp8 were transfected into BHK 570 cells by the following procedure. In a 1.7ml tube: 16 ⁇ g DNA was diluted to 640 ⁇ l with serum free DMEM (Gibco-BRL).
  • lipid/DNA complexes were added to a 10cm dish of BHK cells (50-60% confluent) with 5 ml serum free media. After 6 hours, the serum free media was replaced with complete growth media (DMEM, 5% FBS, 2mM GlutaMAX-1, and lmM sodium pyruvate (Gibco-BRL). After 24 hours, luM methyltrexate was added to the media to select for transfected cells. Conditioned media was collected in serum free DMEM media and zacrp ⁇ was purified.
  • the recombinant zacrp ⁇ protein tagged with EE tag (EYMPME) at its C-terminus was recovered from the conditioned culture media of the stable, polyclonal BHK-infected population of cells. Cultures were harvested, and the media were filtered using a 0.20 ⁇ m filter.
  • Zacrp8-CEE was purified from the conditioned media by an anti-EE antibody affinity column and size-exclusion chromatography. Filtered culture media were directly loaded at 17 ml/minute onto a 20x190mm (60-ml bed volume) anti- EYMPME (anti-EE) antibody affinity column. The column was first washed with one column volume (cv) of 50mM MES, 1M NaCl, pH 6.7, and the bound protein was subsequently eluted with 1-cv of 0.1M Glycine, pH 3. Six-ml fractions were collected. Samples from the anti-EE antibody affinity column were analyzed by SDS -PAGE with silver staining for the presence of zacrp8-CEE.
  • Zacrp8-CEE-containing fractions were pooled and concentrated to a few mis using Biomax-5 concentrator (Millipore), and sieved through a 26x6000 mm Superdex 200 gel-filtration column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) using lOmM Acetate, 300mM NaCl, pH5 as the buffer.
  • Four-ml fractions containing purified zacrp ⁇ -CEE dimer and monomer were pooled, filtered through 0.2 ⁇ m filter, and frozen at - ⁇ O°C. The concentration of the final purified protein was determined by BCA assay (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, JL) and HPLC- amino acid analysis.
  • the blots were then blocked with 10% non-fat dry milk in PBS for 10 minutes at room temperature.
  • the blots were probed with mouse primary antibody, diluted 1:5000 in PBS containing 3% non-fat dry milk for one hour at room temperature.
  • blots were washed three times for 10 minutes each in PBS, then labeled with a secondary antibody (goat anti- mouse IgG conjugated to horseradish peroxidase, Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL) diluted 1:5000 in PBS containing 3% non-fat dry milk and incubated for one hour at room temperature.
  • the blots were then washed three times, 10 minutes each, in PBS.
  • the blots were developed using commercially available chemiluminescent substrate reagents (SuperSignal® ULTRA reagents 1 and 2 mixed 1:1; reagents obtained from Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL), and the signal was captured using commercially available software (Lumi-ImagerTM LumiAnalyst 3.0; Boehringer Mannheim GmbH, Germany).
  • the purified Zacrp ⁇ -CEE protein contained monomer, dimer, and multimers as determined by the silver-stained gels.
  • the dimer protein migrated as about ⁇ 5-kDa under non-reducing conditions.
  • the monomer pool migrated as about 42 kDa band under both non-reducing and reducing conditions.
  • BHK cells transfected with zacrp ⁇ grew as rounded up cells in suspension.
  • Non transfected cells and cells transfected with vector alone grew as attached monolayers with fibroblast characteristics.
  • Data is consistent with the interference, interaction, or modulation with the extra-cellular matrix as shown in Figure 1.
  • Example 4 -terminal sequencing of human zacrp ⁇ Standard automated N-terminal polypeptide sequencing was performed using reagents from Applied Biosystems. N-terminal sequence analysis was performed on a Model 494 Protein Sequencer System (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA). Data analysis was performed with Model 610A Data Analysis System for Protein Sequencing, version 2.1a (Applied Biosystems).
  • a zacrp8-CEE sample was captured on Protein G Sepharose/anti-EE beads and supplied after elution with 0.2M glycine buffer, pH 3.4, 0.5M sodium chloride and neutralization with tris buffer. This sample was placed in reducing LDS
  • N-terminal sequence analysis of the secreted zacrp ⁇ polypeptide verified the predicted cleavage site of the signal sequence resulting in a mature start at 16 (Asn) in reference to SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Zacrp ⁇ CEE was fluorescein isothiocynate (FITC) labeled as follows: 500 ⁇ g zacrp ⁇ CEE was added to a Slide-A-Lyzer (Pierce Biotechnology) and dialyzed into 50mM Sodium Borate + 10% DMSO pH ⁇ .l for two hours - overnight, where the dialysis buffer was changed once. To the Slide-A-Lyzer containing dialyzed zacrp ⁇ protein, 10 molar excess of Img/mL FTTC in DMSO was added. The Slide-A-Lyzer was wrapped in foil to protect from light and incubated on a rocker at room temperature (RT) for 1-2 hours.
  • RT room temperature
  • the unreacted FTTC was neutralized by adding 1:10 reaction volume 2M Tris pH ⁇ .O to the Slide-A-Lyzer and was incubated at RT for one hour.
  • the buffer was changed by dialyzing 2.5 hours with 2 buffer changes into lOmM Acetate pH 5.0 + 225mM NaCl.
  • the FJTC-labeled zacrp ⁇ protein was removed from the Slide-A-Lyzer to a 1.5mL tube covered in foil to protect from light. Zacrp ⁇ protein concentration was determined by a BCA assay.
  • the FTTC-labeled zacrp ⁇ protein was visualized on a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel with MES-SDS buffer. Samples were reduced using DTT and heated at 70°C for 10 minutes before loading the gel. The gel was ran and visualized under UV light. A band of the expected molecular weight was observed.
  • the WBC layer was removed by carefully skimming with a plastic transfer pipette and placed cells in a new tube (removal of the surrounding liquid layers is likely, but removal of the top layer is preferred).
  • the tube containing the cells was filled with RT PBS to wash. Centrifuged at 1500 RPM for 5 minutes (brake turned ON). Aspirated PBS and repeated wash X 2, centrifuging at 1000 RPM. After the third wash, the cells were resuspended in 15mL PBS and counted using a hemacytometer and Trypan Blue. Aliquots of 1 x 10 6 cells per sample were transferred to FACS tubes.
  • FB Buffer
  • FITC-labeled zacrp8 protein was diluted in FB to the following concentrations: lO ⁇ g mL, l ⁇ g/mL, O.l g/mL.
  • concentrations lO ⁇ g mL, l ⁇ g/mL, O.l g/mL.
  • zacrp8 protein dilution per WBC sample was added (see Table 4 below).
  • FTTC/CD56-PE/CD19-Cychrome/CD3-APC 10, 1, 0.1 or Oug/mL FTTC-zacrp ⁇ +, CD56-PE/CD19-Cychrome/CD3-APC), and were incubate on ice in the dark for 30 minutes.
  • the tubes were filled with FB and centrifuged as above.
  • the FB was decanted and the tubes were blotted on paper towel.
  • the cells were fixed with 1-2% paraformaldehyde in a final volume of approximately lOOuL. The cells were stored overnight at 4°C in the dark until analysis was completed.
  • NK cells were identified by FSC vs. SSC (Rl) and verified by CD56-PE fluorescence and quadrants and gating established accordingly.
  • T-cells were identified by FSC vs. SSC (Rl) and verified by CD3-APC fluorescence and B-cells were identified by FSC vs.
  • Zacrp ⁇ CEE-FTTC test protein was found to bind monocytes at lO ⁇ g/ml, but not lower concentrations, in two separate experiments with two separate donors, but not B cells, T cells or NK cells at the tested concentrations.
  • Example 6 Keratinocyte Migration Assay Wells of a 24 well tissue culture plate were coated with zacrp ⁇ CEE, zacrp4N-flag (Holloway et al., International Patent Publication No. WO 01/025654), or no protein at 50ug/ml in 0.1M NaHCO 3 (pH 8.6) overnight at 4°C. The next morning the protein solution was removed and the wells rinsed with media. V-Ha-Ras stably transduced human keratinocyte HaCaT cells (HaCaT) were seeded at 2X10 6 cells per well and left overnight in complete DMEM media to adhere. The next morning the wells were confluent.
  • HaCaT human keratinocyte HaCaT

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

Novel zacrp8 polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides, and related compositions and methods of using are disclosed. Also disclosed are antibodies to the zacrp8 protein or fragments thereof.

Description

ADJPOCYTE COMPLEMENT RELATED PROTEIN ZACRP8
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cell-cell and cell-extracellular matrix interactions allow for exchange of information between, and coordination among, various cells of a multi-cellular organism and are fundamental for most biological processes. These interactions play a role in everything from fertilization to death. Such interactions are essential during development and differentiation and are critical for the function and protection of the organism. For example, interaction between the cell and its environment is necessary to initiate and mediate tissue remodeling. Tissue remodeling may be initiated, for example, in response to many factors including physical injury, cytotoxic injury, metabolic stress or developmental stimuli. Modulation between pathology and healing (or metabolic optimization) may be done, in part, by the interaction of stimulated cells with the extracellular matrix as well as the local solvent.
The adipocyte complement related protein family plays a role in the interaction of cells with their environment, and appear to act at the interface of the extracellular matrix and the cell. These proteins include, Acrp30 (Scherer et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:26746-49, 1995), apMl (Maeda et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Corm 221:286-9, 1996), GBP28 (Nakano et al., J. Biochem. 20:803-12, 1996), zsig39 (Sheppard and Humes, WIPO Published Patent No: WO 99/10492), zsig37 (Sheppard, WIPO Published Patent No: WO 99/04000), ZCRP30R1 (Smith et al., WIPO Published Patent No. WO 99/56619), ACRP30R1L (Hensley et al., WIPO Published Patent No: WO 99/59618), ACRP30R2 (Hensley et al., WIPO Published Patent No: WO 99/64629), PRO 353 and PRO 344 (Wood et al, WIPO Published Patent No. WO 99/28462), zacrp2 (Piddington et al., WO 00/63376), zacrp3 (Piddington et al., WO 00/63377), zacrp3x2 (Haldeman et al., WO 02/46417), zacrp4 (Holloway et al., WO 01/02565), zacrp5 (Piddington et al., WO 00/73444), zacrpό (Piddington et al, WO 00/73466), zacrpl3 (Fox et al., WO 02/059282), and zacrpl4 (Piddington et al, WO 03/****). These proteins all share a collagen-like domain comprising perfect Gly- Xaa-Pro and imperfect Gly-Xaa-Xaa collagen repeats, and a Clq domain. Complement factor Clq consists of six copies of three related polypeptides (A, B and C chains), with each polypeptide being about 225 amino acids long with a near arjcrino-terminal collagen domain and a carboxy-terminal globular region. Six triple helical regions are formed by the collagen domains of the six A, six B and six C chains, forming a central region and six stalks. A globular head portion is formed by association of the globular carboxy terminal domain of an A, a B and a C chain. Clq is composed of six globular heads linked via six collagen-like stalks to a central fibril region. Sellar et al., Biochem. J. 274: 481-90, 1991. This configuration is often referred to as a bouquet of flowers. Acrp30 has a similar bouquet structure formed from a single type of polypeptide chain. The Clq globular domain of ACRP30 has been determined to have a 10 beta strand "jelly roll" topology (Shapiro and Scherer, Curr. Biol. 8:335-8, 1998). The structural elements such as folding topologies, conserved residues and similar trimer interfaces and intron positions are homologous to the tumor necrosis factor family suggesting a link between the TNF and Clq families.
In addition, injury to the blood vessels sets in motion a series of events to repair the damage and control release of blood from the vessel. This process is known as hemostasis. Platelets play an early role in hemostasis by forming a thrombus or plug to temporarily repair the vessel damage. Platelets normally do not interact with the endothelium lining the vessel walls, but injury to blood vessels, through accident or during surgical procedures, may disrupt endothelial cells. Depending on the extent of the injury, various subendothelial elements such as collagens, elastic lamina or smooth muscle cells with associated fibrillar collagens will be exposed to the flowing blood. When the subendothelium is exposed following vessel injury, platelets moving in the local blood flow interact with exposed subendothelium matrix containing collagen and are slowed down. Further interaction between receptors on the platelet surface and the exposed collagen layer leads to platelet binding and activation resulting in the arrest of local blood flow. The bound platelets are activated and form aggregates with platelets in the passing blood flow through the formation of fibrinogen- interplatelet bridges (Moroi and Jung, Frontiers in Bioscience 5:719-28, 1998; Barnes et al., Atherosclerosis XI, Jacotot et al., eds., Elsevier Science, pp. 299-306, 1998 and Barnes et al, Curr. Opin. Hematol. 5:314-20, 1998).
The hemostatic response is graded and dependent on the degree of injury to the blood vessel, the specific blood vessel constituents exposed and the blood flow conditions in the injured area (Rand et al., Thrombosis and Haemostasis 78:445-50, 1997). Exposure of the subendothelium matrix (type NI collagen and von Willebrand factor), such as during mild vascular injury, promotes a low degree of adhesion and aggregation in areas with low blood flow conditions. Injuries that result in a greater degree of vascular trauma and exposure of additional vascular constituents, such as the internal elastic lamina and elastin-associated microfibrils, will stimulate the formation of stronger platelet aggregates. Severe vascular trauma, exposing fibril collagens, provokes a thrombotic platelet response, which protects the victim from excessive loss of blood (Rand et al., ibid.).
Clq has been found to stimulate defense mechanisms as well as trigger the generation of toxic oxygen species that can cause tissue damage (Tenner, Behήng Inst. Mitt. 93:241-53, 1993). Clq binding sites are found on platelets. Additionally complement and Clq play a role in inflammation. The complement activation is initiated by binding of Clq to immunoglobulins
Proteins that play a role in cellular interaction, such as transcription factors and hormones are useful diagnostic and therapeutic agents. Proteins that mediate specific interactions, such a remodeling, would be particularly useful. Moreover, inhibitors of hemostasis would be useful for to increase blood flow following vascular injury and to pacify collagenous surfaces. Inhibitors of Clq and the complement pathway would be useful for anti-inflammatory applications, inhibition of complement activation and thrombotic activity.
The present invention provides such polypeptides for these and other uses that should be apparent to those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a photograph showing BHK cells transfected with zacrp8
(denoted as zacrpδ) and without zacrpδ (denoted as vector control). Figure 2 is a photograph showing HaCaT cells, transfected with no protein, zacrp4, or zacrpδ, capability to migrate into an introduced gap after 24 hours, 48 hours, and 72 hours.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides a novel adipocyte complement related protein, designated "zacrpδ". The present invention also provides "zacrpδ" variant polypeptides and "zacrp8" fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins, and methods for using these nucleic acid molecules and amino acid sequences.
Within one aspect, the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2. In one embodiment, the at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2 includes SEQ ID NO:2 amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, to 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330. In another embodiment, the polypeptide may be amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2. In another embodiment, the polypeptide is SEQ ID NO:2. In another embodiment, the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is covalently linked at the amino or carboxyl terminus to a moiety selected from the group consisting of affinity tags, toxins, radionucleotides, enzymes and fluorophores. In yet another embodiment, the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Within one aspect, the polypeptide may form a polypeptide oligomer comprising at least two polypeptides of the present invention. The polypeptide oligomer may be a linked by one or more intermolecular disulfide bonds. The oligomer may be, for example, a trimer, hexamer, 9 mer, or 18mer. Within one aspect, the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide having at least 95 percent sequence identity with amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the polypeptide promotes wound healing.
Withing another aspect, the present invention provides a composition comprising an isolated polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. The composition may comprise an oligomerized complex of the polypeptide. Optionally, the oligomerized polypeptide may be a trimer, hexamer, 9mer, or 18mer. The composition may be a mixture of the oligomerized polpeptide, such as, a mixture of hexamers and trimers, wherein the mixture may be comprised, for example, of about 90 percent hexamer and about 10 percent trimer. Within another aspect, the present invention provides an antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds to a polypeptide as disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the antibody is selected from the group consisting of a polyclonal antibody, a murine monoclonal antibody, a humanized antibody derived from a murine monoclonal antibody, an antibody fragment, and a human monoclonal antibody. In one embodiment, the antibody fragment is as disclosed above, wherein the antibody fragment is selected from the group consisting of F(ab'), F(ab), Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition unit.
Within another aspect, the present invention provides an anti-idiotype antibody that specifically binds to the antibody as disclosed above. Within yet another aspect, the present invention provides a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion includes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1- 196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide. For example, fusion proteins of the present invention encompass an immunoglobulin fragment and a zacrpδ peptide or polypeptide, as described herein. The immunoglobulin moiety of such a fusion protein includes at least one constant region of an immunoglobulin. Preferably, the immunoglobulin moiety represents a segment of a human immunoglobulin. The second portion of the fusion protein may optionally include another member of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins. Within another aspect, the present invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO:l, or a complement thereof, under hybridization conditions of 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone), and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA at about 42°C to about 70°C. The nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of a polypeptide. Optionally, the nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2. The nucleic acid molecule may also encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the at the least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2 is selected from the group of amino acid residues consisting of 1 to 16, 1 to 25, 1 to 196, 1 to 330,1 to 196, 1 to 330, 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330. The nucleic acid molecule may encode a polypeptide represented by SEQ ID NO:2.
Within another aspect, the present invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of: a) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO.T; and b) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:3. The isolated nucleic molecule may include, for instance, nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO:3 wherein the nucleotides are selected from the group consisting of 144 to 1142, 144 to 731, 144 to 188, 189 to 1142, 189 to 731, 219 to 1142, 219 to 731, 738 to 1142, 144 to 1145, 189 to 1145, 219 to 1145 to 738 to 1145, and combinations thereof. Within another aspect, the present invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide, wherein the encoded polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95 percent sequence identity to amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the encoded polypeptide promotes wound healing. Within another aspect, the present invention provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion comprises a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25 of SEQ ID NO:2; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide.
Within another aspect, the present invention provides an expression vector comprising the following operably linked elements: a transcription promoter; a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide of the present invention; and a transcription terminator.
Within another aspect, the present invention provides a cultured cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein, wherein said cell expresses said polypeptide encoded by said DNA segment. Illustrative host cells include bacterial, yeast, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells. Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce zacrpδ polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the zacrpδ protein, and, optionally, isolating the zacrp8 protein from the cultured recombinant host cells. Within another aspect, the present invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide comprising: culturing a cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein; whereby the cell expresses the polypeptide encoded by the DNA segment; and recovering the expressed polypeptide.
The present invention also provides kits for performing these detection methods. For example, a kit for detection of zacrpS gene expression may comprise a container that comprises a nucleic acid molecule, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (c) a nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of (a) consisting of at least eight nucleotides, and (d) a nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of (b) consisting of at least eight nucleotides. Illustrative nucleic acid molecules include nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotides 189 to 1142, 219 to 1142, or 738 to 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement thereof. Such a kit may also comprise a second container that comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of the nucleic acid molecule. On the other hand, a kit for detection of zacrp8 protein may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
These and other aspects of the invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description.
Detailed Description of the Invention Definitions
In the description that follows, a number of terms are used extensively. The following definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the invention. Unless otherwise specified, "a," "an," "the," and "at least one" are used interchangeably and mean one or more than one.
As used herein, "nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., -enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters. Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid molecule" also includes so- called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
The term "complement of a nucleic acid molecule" refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence. For example, the sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
The term "degenerate nucleotide sequence" denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide. Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
The term "structural gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide. An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism. A nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
A "nucleic acid molecule construct" is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
"Complementary DNA (cDNA)" is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription. Those skilled in the art also use the term "cDNA" to refer to a double- stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand. The term "cDNA" also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template.
A "promoter" is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements (DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol. Endocrinol. 7:551 (1993)), cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements (SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol. 1:41 (1990)), glucocorticoid response elements (GREs), and binding sites for other transcription factors, such as CRE/ATF (O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:19938 (1992)), AP2 (Ye et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:2512 (1994)), SP1, cAMP response element binding protein (CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 3:253 (1993)) and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al., eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. (The Benjarmn/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. 1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J. 303:1 (1994)). If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent, hi contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known.
A "core promoter" contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity. An "enhancer" is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
"Heterologous DNA" refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell. DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA). For example, a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule. Conversely, a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter. As another illustration, a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
A "polypeptide" is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as "peptides."
A "protein" is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains. A protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
A peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide. A "cloning vector" is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector. Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance. ,
An "expression vector" is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter. Similarly, a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
A "recombinant host" is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector. In the present context, an example of a recombinant host is a cell that produces zacrpδ from an expression vector.
In contrast, zacrpδ can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of zacrpδ, and that lacks an expression vector.
A "fusion protein" is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes. For example, a fusion protein can comprise at least part of a zacrpδ polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix. Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of zacrp8 using affinity chromatography.
The term "receptor" denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand." This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell. Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g.,
PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, IL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and IL-6 receptor). Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor.
In general, the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell.
Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids. The term "secretory signal sequence" denotes a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized. The larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
An "isolated polypeptide" is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Typically, a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure. One way to show that a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide is by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel. However, the term "isolated" does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
The terms "amino-terminal" and "carboxyl-terminal" are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
The term "expression" refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product. For example, in the case of a structural gene, expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
The term "splice variant" is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
As used herein, the term "immunomodulator" includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
The term "complement/anti-complement pair" denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions. For instance, biotin and avidin (or streptavidin) are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair. Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like. Where subsequent dissociation of the complement/anti-complement pair is desirable, the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 109 M"1.
An "anti-idiotype antibody" is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin. In the present context, an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti-zacrp8 antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of zacrpδ.
An "antibody fragment" is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab')2. F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, an anti-zacrp8 monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of zacrpδ.
The term "antibody fragment" also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv" fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins"), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
A "chimeric antibody" is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody. "Humanized antibodies" are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. As used herein, a "therapeutic agent" is a molecule or atom which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
A "detectable label" is a molecule or atom which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis. Examples of detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
The term "affinity tag" is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate. In principal, any peptide or protein for which an antibody or other specific binding agent is available can be used as an affinity tag. Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al., EMBO J. 4:1015 (1985); Nilsson et al., Methods Enzymol. 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:1952 (1985)), substance P, FLAG peptide (Hopp et al, Biotechnology 6:1204 (1988)), streptavidin binding peptide, or other antigenic epitope or binding domain. See, in general, Ford et al., Protein Expression and Purification 2:95 (1991). Nucleic acid molecules encoding affinity tags are available from commercial suppliers (e.g., Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, NJ).
A "naked antibody" is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies. As used herein, the term "antibody component" includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment. An "immunoconjugate" is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
As used herein, the term "antibody fusion protein" refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents' suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein") and toxins
("antibody-toxin fusion protein").
A "target polypeptide" or a "target peptide" is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen. T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
An "antigenic peptide" is a peptide which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell. Thus, antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell which binds or expresses the antigen. The antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation. An "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for zacrpδ" or an "zacrpδ anti- sense oligonucleotide" is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the zacιp8 gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the zacrp8 gene.
A "ribozyme" is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center. The term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene."
An "external guide sequence" is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene."
The term "variant zacrp8 gene" refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of zacrp8 genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms of zacrp8 genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant zacrp8 gene can be identified by determining whether the • gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions. Alternatively, variant zacrp8 genes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity" if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity" if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peruski and Peruski, The Internet and the New Biology: Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). Particular methods for determining sequence identity are described below. The term "allelic variant" is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term allelic variant is also used herein to denote a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a gene.
The term "ortholog" denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation.
"Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, α- globin, β-globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
The present invention includes functional fragments of zacrp8 genes. Within the context of this invention, a "functional fragment" of a zacrpδ gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a portion of a zacrpδ polypeptide which specifically binds with an anti-zacrp8 antibody. For example, a functional fragment of a zacrp8 gene described herein comprises a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, and encodes a polypeptide that specifically binds with an anti-zacrp8 antibody.
Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about" X or "approximately" X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ±10%.
The present invention is based in part upon the discovery of a novel DNA sequence that encodes a polypeptide having homology to the adipocyte complement related protein family. The polypeptide has been designated zacrp.8. The nucleotide sequence of zacrpδ is described in SEQ ID NO:l, and its deduced amino acid sequence is described in SEQ ID NO:2. The zacrpδ polypeptide includes a signal sequence, comprising amino acid 1 (Met) to amino acid residue 15 (Gly) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 144-188 of SEQ ID NO:l. The mature polypeptide ranges from amino acid 16 (Asn) to amino acid 333 (Pro) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 189-1142 of SEQ ID NO:l. Within the mature polypeptide is an N-terminal region of no known homology, between amino acid residue 16 (Asn) and 25 (Gin) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 189-218 of SEQ ID NO:l. In addition is found a collagen-like domain between amino acid 26 (Gly) and 196 (Thr) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 219-731 of SEQ ID NO:l. In the collagen-like domain there are 57 collagen repeats, eleven perfect Gly-Xaa-Pro repeats and forty-six imperfect Gly-Xaa-Xaa repeats. Proline residues found in this domain at amino acid residue 28, 31, 34, 40, 58, 61, 64, 97, 102, 108, 120, 132, 135, 138, 144, 147, 151, 153, 156, 160, 168, 171, and 175 of SEQ ID NO:2 may be hydroxylated. The zacrpδ polypeptide also includes a carboxy-terminal Clq/TNF domain, between amino acid 199 (Leu) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 738- 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l. An aromatic motif F-X(5)-[ND]-X(4)-[FYWL]-X(6)-F-X(5)- G-X-Y-X(4) (SEQ ID NO: 14) is also found within this domain between residues 223 (Phe) and 253 (Tyr) of SEQ ID NO:2, nucleotides 810-902 of SEQ ID NO:l. X represents any amino acid residue and the number in parentheses () indicates the amino acid number of residues. The amino acid residues contained within the square parentheses [] restrict the choice of amino acid residues at that particular position. There is a fair amount of conserved structure within the Clq domain to enable proper folding. Those skilled in the art will recognize that these domain boundaries are approximate, and are based on alignments with known proteins and predictions of protein folding.
Another aspect of the present invention includes zacrpδ polypeptide fragments and combinations thereof. Preferred fragments include those containing the collagen-like domain of zacrpδ polypeptides, ranging from amino acid 1 (Met), 15 (Gly), or 26 (Gly) to amino acid 196 (Thr) of SEQ ID NO:2, a portion of the zacrpδ polypeptide containing the collagen-like domain or a portion of the collagen-like domain capable of dimerization or oligomerization. As used herein the term "collagen" or "collagen-like domain" refers to a series of repeating triplet amino acid sequences, "repeats" or "collagen repeats" represented by the motifs Gly-Xaa-Pro or Gly-Xaa-Xaa, where Xaa is any amino acid reside. The number of collagen repeats within a collagenlike domain varies within the adipocyte complement related protein family. Fragments or proteins containing such collagen-like domains may form homomeric constructs (dimers or oligomers of the same fragment or protein). Moreover, such fragments or proteins containing such collagen-like domains may form heteromeric constructs (dimers, trimers or oligomers of different fragments or proteins).
These fragments are particularly useful in the study of collagen dimerization or oligomerization or in formation of fusion proteins as described more fully below. Polynucleotides encoding such fragments are also encompassed by the present invention, including the group consisting of (a) polynucleotide molecule comprising a sequence of nucleotides as shown in SEQ ID NO:l from nucleotide 1, 144, 219 or 738 to nucleotide 1142; (b) polynucleotide molecules that encode a zacrpδ polypeptide fragment that is at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from amino acid residue 26 (Gly) to amino acid residue 196 (Thr); (c) molecules complementary to (a) or (b); and (d) degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding a zacrpδ polypeptide collagen-like domain fragment.
Other preferred fragments include, for instance, the globular Clq domain of zacrpS polypeptides ranging from amino acid 223 (Phe) to amino acid 253 (Tyr), and amino acid 199 (Leu) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO:2, a portion of the zacrpδ polypeptide containing the Clq domain or an active portion of the Clq domain. Other Clq domain containing proteins include Clq A, B and C (Sellar et al., ibid., Reid, ibid., and Reid et al., 1982, ibid), chipmunk hibernation-associated plasma proteins HP-20, HP-25 and HP-27 (Takamatsu et al., ibid and Kondo & Kondo, ibid), human precerebellin (Urade et al., ibid), human endothelial cell multimerin (Hayward et al., ibid), vertebrate collagens type NUJ and X (Muragaki et al., ibid), adipocyte complement related proteins Acrp30 (Scherer et al., ibid), apMl (Maeda et al., ibid), GBP28 (Νakano et al., ibid), zsig39 (Sheppard and Humes, WIPO Published Patent No: WO99/10492), zsig37 (Sheppard, WIPO Published Patent No: WO99/04000), ZCRP30R1 (Smith et al., WIPO Published Patent No. WO99/56619), ACRP30R1L (Hensley et al, WIPO Published Patent No: WO99/59618), ACRP30R2 (Hensley et al., WIPO Published Patent No: WO99/64629), PRO 353 and PRO 344 (Wood et al. WIPO Published Patent No. WO99/28462), zacrp2 (Piddington et al, WO 00/63376) zacrp3 (Piddington et al., WO 00/63377), zacrp3x2 (Haldeman et al., WO 02/****> zacrp4 (Piddington et al., WO 01/02565), zacrp5 (Piddington et al., WO 00/73444) zacrp6 (Piddington et al., WO 00/73466), zacrpll (Piddington et al., WO 02/****) zacrρl2 (Piddington et al., WO 02/****), and zacrpl3 (Brian A. Fox, WO/02****). Members of the adipocyte complement related protein family are known to form oligomers, for instance, acrp30 (Scherer et al., J. Biol. Chem., 270(45):26146- 26749 (1995)) and zsig37 (Sheppard et al., WO 00/48625). The present invention includes the use of oligomers of zacrp8 peptides, zacrpδ polypeptides, and zacrpδ fusion proteins. Such oligomers include trimers, hexamers, 9mers, and 18mers. Thus, proteins of the present invention and or fragments thereof may form homomers or heteromers with other members of the adipocyte complement related protein family. For example, hexamers may be formed as homoditrimers of zacrpδ or heteroditrimers of zacrpδ and acrp30.
The following fragments of zacrpδ can also be useful for the therapeutic methods described herein: amino acid residues 16 to 330 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 16 to 25 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 199 to 330 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 26 to 330 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 26 to 196 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 223 to 253 of SEQ ID NO:2, and combinations thereof. These polypeptides can be administered as single chains or as oligomers, such as homodimers, homotrimers, or homohexamers. Alternatively, these polypeptides can be administered, such as homodimers, homotrimers, or homohexamers, with other adipocyte complement related protein family members oligomers. However, the zacrpδ polypeptides can be made to form heteromers with other members of adipocyte complement related protein family prior to administration. Variants of these polypeptides can also be used as therapeutic compounds in which at least one cysteine residue is replace by a serine residue. Therapeutic compositions of the present invention include zacrpδ heteromers, such as hexamers, which comprise mixtures of zacrp8 amino acid sequences, acrp30 amino acid sequences (Scherer et al., J. Biol. Chem., 270(45):26146- 26749 (1995)), zacrp2 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/63376), zacrp7 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/73448), zsig39 amino acid sequences (Humes et al., WO 99/10492), zacrp3 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/63377), zsig37 amino acid sequences (Sheppard, P., WO 99/04000), zacrp5 amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/73444), and zacrpό amino acid sequences (Piddington et al., WO 00/73446). Therapeutic compositions can also comprise fragments of zacrpδ, acrp30, zacrp2, zacrp7, zsig39, zacrp3, zsig37, zacrp5, and zacrpό, such as, for instance, amino acid residues 16 to 25 of SEQ ID NO:2, the acrp30 amino acid sequence PKGTCAGWMA (SEQ ID NO:4), the zacrp2 amino acid sequences SPQLVCSLPG (SEQ ID NO:5) and GPCSCGSGHT (SEQ ID NO:6), the zacrp7 amino acid sequences PRYICSIPGL (SEQ ID NO:7) and PGNCRCGSIV (SEQ ID ΝO:δ), the zsig39 amino acid sequence TJPSLCPGHPG (SEQ JD NO:9), the zacrp3 amino acid sequence PDCSKCCHGD (SEQ ID NO: 10), the zsig37 amino acid sequence SRCLRCCDPG (SEQ ID NO: 11), the zacrp5 amino acid sequence RPCVHCCRPA (SEQ ID NO: 12), and the zacrpό amino acid sequence SGCQRCCDSE (SEQ ID NO: 13). These therapeutic compounds can be homomers or heteromers. Illustrative oligomers include homo- and hetero-trimers, as well as homo- and hetero-hexamers.
The Clq domain of zacrpδ contains 10 beta-strands forming a "jelly roll" topology (amino acid residues 203-207, 225-22δ, 234-23δ, 242-245, 247-258, 260-268, 272-279, 2δ5-295, 300-305, and 322-330 of SEQ ID NO:2) described by Shapiro and Scherer, (ref). These strands are designated "A", "A prime", "B prime", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", and "H" respectively." (Shapiro and Scherer, Curr. Biol. 8:335-δ, 1998).
These fragments are particularly useful in the study or modulation of energy balance or neurotransmission, particularly diet- or stress-related neurotransmission, collagen inhibition, and complement inhibition. Anti-microbial activity may also be present in such fragments. The homology of adipocyte complement related protein Clq domains to TNF proteins (Shapiro and Scherer, ibid) suggests such fragments would be useful in obesity-related insulin resistance, immune regulation, inflammatory response, platelet adhesion modulation, apoptosis and osteoclast maturation. Polynucleotides encoding such fragments are also encompassed by the present invention, including the group consisting of (a) polynucleotide molecules comprising a sequence of nucleotides as shown in SEQ ID NO:l from nucleotide 73δ to nucleotide 1142; (b) polynucleotide molecules that encode a zacrpδ polypeptide fragment that is at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from amino acid residue 199 (Leu) to amino acid residue 330 (Phe); (c) molecules complementary to (a) or (b); and (d) degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding a zacrpδ polypeptide Clq domain fragment.
Other zacrpδ polypeptide fragments of the present invention include both the collagen-like domain and the Clq domain ranging from amino acid residue 16 (Asn) or 26 (Gly) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO: 2. Polynucleotides encoding such fragments are also encompassed by the present invention, including the group consisting of (a) polynucleotide molecules comprising a sequence of nucleotides as shown in SEQ ID NO.T from nucleotide lδ9 or 219 to nucleotide 1142; (b) polynucleotide molecules that encode a zacrpδ polypeptide fragment that is at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from amino acid residue 16 (Asn) or 26 (Gly) to 330 (Phe) of SEQ ID NO:2; (c) molecules complementary to (a) or (b); and (d) degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding a zacrp8 polypeptide collagen-like domain- Clq domain fragment.
The present invention also contemplates methods for detecting the presence of zacrpδ RNA in a biological sample, comprising the steps of (a) contacting a zacrpδ nucleic acid probe under hybridizing conditions with either (i) test RNA molecules isolated from the biological sample, or (ii) nucleic acid molecules synthesized from the isolated RNA molecules, wherein the probe has a nucleotide sequence comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, and (b) detecting the formation of hybrids of the nucleic acid probe and either the test RNA molecules or the synthesized nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of the hybrids indicates the presence of zacrpδ RNA in the biological sample. An example of a biological sample is a human biological sample, such as a biopsy or autopsy specimen.
The present invention further provides methods for detecting the presence of zacrpδ polypeptide in a biological sample, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody or an antibody fragment that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment. Such an antibody or antibody fragment may further comprise a detectable label selected from the group consisting of radioisotope, fluorescent label, chemiluminescent label, enzyme label, bioluminescent label, and colloidal gold. An exemplary biological sample is a human biological sample.
Production of a human zacrpδ Gene Nucleic acid molecules encoding' a human zacrpδ gene can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l. These techniques are standard and well-established. As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human zacrpδ gene can be isolated from a human cDNA library. In this case, the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. In general, RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase- directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants. For example, total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)"]; Wu et al., Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, h e. 1997) ["Wu (1997)"]). Alternatively, total RNA can be isolated by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry lδ:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41).
In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A)+ RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A)+ RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4- 12).
Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A)+ RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. (see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46). Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
Various cloning vectors are appropriate for the construction of a cDNA library. For example, a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a λgtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in λgtlO and λgtll," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
Alternatively, double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a PBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors. Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
To amplify the cloned cDNA molecules, the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques. For example, a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
A human genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327). Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases. Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307- 327).
Nucleic acid molecules that encode a human zacrpδ gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the zacrpδ gene, as described herein. General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et α/., "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Moreover, techniques for using PCR to isolate related genes are described by, for example, Preston, "Use of Degenerate Oligonucleotide Primers and the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Clone Gene Family Members," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 317- 337 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Alternatively, human genomic libraries can be obtained from commercial sources such as Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL) and the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
A library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
Anti-zacrp8 antibodies, produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human zacrpδ genes from cDNA libraries. For example, the antibodies can be used to screen λgtll expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation
(see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening λ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression
Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
As an alternative, a zacrpδ gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages δ-δ to 8-9). Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al., Plant Molec. Biol. 21:1131 (1993), Bambot et al., PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al., "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, (Humana Press, hie. 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl. 4:299 (1995)).
The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "gene machines" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately. The production of short genes (60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%. To overcome this problem, synthetic genes (double-stranded) are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length.
One method for building a synthetic gene requires the initial production of a set of overlapping, complementary oligonucleotides, each of which is between 20 to 60 nucleotides long. The sequences of the strands are planned so that, after annealing, the two end segments of the gene are aligned to give blunt ends. Each internal section of the gene has complementary 3' and 5' terminal extensions that are designed to base pair precisely with an adjacent section. Thus, after the gene is assembled, the only remaining requirement to complete the process is to seal the nicks along the backbones of the two strands with T4 DNA ligase. In addition to the protein coding sequence, synthetic genes can be designed with terminal sequences that facilitate insertion into a restriction endonuclease sites of a cloning vector and other sequences should also be added that contain signals for the proper initiation and termination of transcription and translation.
An alternative way to prepare a full-size gene is to synthesize a specified set of overlapping oligonucleotides (40 to 100 nucleotides). After the 3' and 5' extensions (6 to 10 nucleotides) are annealed, large gaps still remain, but the base- paired regions are both long enough and stable enough to hold the structure together. The duplex is completed and the gaps filled by enzymatic DNA synthesis with E. coli DNA polymerase I. This enzyme uses the 3'-hydroxyl groups as replication initiation points and the single-stranded regions as templates. After the enzymatic synthesis is completed, the nicks are sealed with T4 DNA ligase. For larger genes, the complete gene sequence is usually assembled from double-stranded fragments that are each put together by joining four to six overlapping oligonucleotides (20 to 60 base pairs each). If there is a sufficient amount of the double-stranded fragments after each synthesis and annealing step, they are simply joined to one another. Otherwise, each fragment is cloned into a vector to amplify the amount of DNA available. In both cases, the double-stranded constructs- are sequentially linked to one another to form the entire gene sequence. Each double-stranded fragment and the complete sequence should be characterized by DNA sequence analysis to verify that the chemically synthesized gene has the correct nucleotide sequence. For reviews on polynucleotide synthesis, see, for example, Glick and Pasternak, Molecular Biotechnology, Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA (ASM Press 1994), Itakura et al, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323 (1984), and Climie et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 87:633 (1990). The sequence of a zacrpδ cDNA or zacrpδ genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Zacrpδ polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein can also be used as probes or primers to clone 5' non-coding regions of a zacrpδ gene. Promoter elements from a zacrpδ gene can be used to direct the expression of heterologous genes in, for example, transgenic animals or patients undergoing gene therapy. The identification of genomic fragments containing a zacrpδ promoter or regulatory element can be achieved Using well-established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of zacrpδ proteins by "gene activation," as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous zacrpδ gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the zacrpδ locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site. The targeting sequence is a zacrpδ 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous zacrpδ locus, whereby the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous zacrpδ coding sequence. In this way, an endogenous zacrpδ promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
Production ofzacψδ Gene Variants
The present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules, including DNA and RNA molecules, that encode the zacrpδ polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules. SEQ ID NO:3 is a degenerate nucleotide sequence that encompasses all nucleic acid molecules that encode the zacrpδ polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the degenerate sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 also provides all RNA sequences encoding SEQ ID NO:2, by substituting U for T. Thus, the present invention contemplates zacrpδ polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotides 1 to 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l, and their RNA equivalents.
Table 1 sets forth the one-letter codes used within SEQ ID NO: 3 to denote degenerate nucleotide positions. "Resolutions" are the nucleotides denoted by a code letter. "Complement" indicates the code for the complementary nucleotide(s). For example, the code Y denotes either C or T, and its complement R denotes A or G, A being complementary to T, and G being complementary to C.
Table 1
Figure imgf000032_0001
The degenerate codons used in SEQ ID NO: 3, encompassing all possible codons for a given amino acid, are set forth in Table 2.
Table 2
Figure imgf000033_0001
One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that some ambiguity is introduced in determining a degenerate codon, representative of all possible codons encoding an amino acid. For example, the degenerate codon for serine (WSN) can, in some circumstances, encode arginine (AGR), and the degenerate codon for arginine (MGN) can, in some circumstances, encode serine (AGY). A similar relationship exists between codons encoding phenylalanine and leucine. Thus, some polynucleotides encompassed by the degenerate sequence may encode variant amino acid sequences, but one of ordinary skill in the art can easily identify such variant sequences by reference to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Variant sequences can be readily tested for functionality as described herein.
Different species can exhibit "preferential codon usage." In general, see, Grantham et al, Nuc. Acids Res. 8:lδ93 (1980), Haas et al. Curr. Biol. 6:315 (1996), Wain-Hobson et al, Gene 13:355 (1981), Grosjean and Fiers, Gene lδ:199 (1982), Holm, Nuc. Acids Res. 14:3015 (1986), Ikemura, J. Mol. Biol 158:513 (1982), Sharp and Matassi, Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 4:851 (1994), Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 6:494 (1995), and Makrides, Microbiol. Rev. 60:512 (1996). As used herein, the term "preferential codon usage" or "preferential codons" is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid (see Table 2). For example, the amino acid threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential. Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art. Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species. Therefore, the degenerate codon sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 3 serves as a template for optimizing expression of polynucleotides in various cell types and species commonly used in the art and disclosed herein. Sequences containing preferential codons can be tested and optimized for expression in various species, and tested for functionality as disclosed herein. The present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are zacrpδ polypeptides from other mammalian species, including porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. Such orthologs of zacrpδ can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques. For example, a cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses zacrpδ as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein. A library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line.
A zacrpδ-encoding cDNA can then be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences. A cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative zacrpδ sequences disclosed herein. Within an additional method, the cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to zacrpδ polypeptide. Similar techniques can also be applied to the isolation of genomic clones.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that the sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:l represents a single allele of human zacrpδ, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:2. cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the zacrpδ polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
Within certain embodiments of the invention, the isolated nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide sequences disclosed herein. For example, such nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, to nucleic acid molecules consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or to nucleic acid molecules consisting of a nucleotide sequence complementary to SEQ ID NO:l. In general, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
A pair of nucleic acid molecules, such as DNA-DNA, RNA-RNA and DNA-RNA, can hybridize if the nucleotide sequences have some degree of complementarity. Hybrids can tolerate mismatched base pairs in the double helix, but the stability of the hybrid is influenced by the degree of mismatch. The Tm of the mismatched hybrid decreases by 1°C for every 1-1.5% base pair mismatch. Varying the stringency of the hybridization conditions allows control over the degree of mismatch that will be present in the hybrid. The degree of stringency increases as the hybridization temperature increases and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer decreases. Stringent hybridization conditions encompass temperatures of about 5-25°C below the Tm of the hybrid and a hybridization buffer having up to 1 M Na+. Higher degrees of stringency at lower temperatures can be achieved with the addition of formamide which reduces the Tm of the hybrid about 1°C for each 1% formamide in the buffer solution. Generally, such stringent conditions include temperatures of 20-70°C and a hybridization buffer containing up to 6x SSC and 0-50% formamide. A higher degree of stringency can be achieved at temperatures of from 40-70°C with a hybridization buffer having up to 4x SSC and from 0-50% formamide. Highly stringent conditions typically encompass temperatures of 42-70°C with a hybridization buffer having up to lx SSC and 0-50% formamide. Different degrees of stringency can be used during hybridization and washing to achieve maximum specific binding to the target sequence. Typically, the washes following hybridization are performed at increasing degrees of stringency to remove non-hybridized polynucleotide probes from hybridized complexes. The above conditions are meant to serve as a guide and it is well within the abilities of one skilled in the art to adapt these conditions for use with a particular polypeptide hybrid. The Tm for a specific target sequence is the temperature (under defined conditions) at which 50% of the target sequence will hybridize to a perfectly matched probe sequence. Those conditions which influence the Tm include, the size and base pair content of the polynucleotide probe, the ionic strength of the hybridization solution, and the presence of destabilizing agents in the hybridization solution. Numerous equations for calculating Tm are known in the art, and are specific for DNA, RNA and DNA-RNA hybrids and polynucleotide probe sequences of varying length (see, for example, Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (Cold Spring Harbor Press 1989); Ausubel et al, (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1987); Berger and Kimmel (eds.), Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, (Academic Press, Inc. 1987); and Wetmur, Crit. Rev. Biochem. Mol. Biol. 26:227 (1990)). Sequence analysis software, as well as sites on the Internet, are available tools for analyzing a given sequence and calculating Tm based on user defined criteria. Such programs can also analyze a given sequence under defined conditions and identify suitable probe sequences. Typically, hybridization of longer polynucleotide sequences, >50 base pairs, is performed at temperatures of about 20-25°C below the calculated Tm. For smaller probes, <50 base pairs, hybridization is typically carried out at the Tm or 5-10°C below. This allows for the maximum rate of hybridization for DNA-DNA and DNA-RNA hybrids.
The length of the polynucleotide sequence influences the rate and stability of hybrid formation. Smaller probe sequences, <50 base pairs, reach equilibrium with complementary sequences rapidly, but may form less stable hybrids. Incubation times of anywhere from minutes to hours can be used to achieve hybrid formation. Longer probe sequences come to equilibrium more slowly, but form more stable complexes even at lower temperatures. Incubations are allowed to proceed overnight or longer. Generally, incubations are carried out for a period equal to three times the calculated Cot time. Cot time, the time it takes for the polynucleotide sequences to reassociate, can be calculated for a particular sequence by methods known in the art. The base pair composition of polynucleotide sequence will effect the thermal stability of the hybrid complex, thereby influencing the choice of hybridization temperature and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer. A-T pairs are less stable than G-C pairs in aqueous solutions containing sodium chloride. Therefore, the higher the G-C content, the more stable the hybrid. Even distribution of G and C residues within the sequence also contribute positively to hybrid stability. In addition, the base pair composition can be manipulated to alter the Tm of a given sequence. For example, 5-methyldeoxycytidine can be substituted for deoxycytidine and 5-bromodeoxuridine can be substituted for thymidine to increase the Tm, whereas 7-deazz-2'-deoxyguanosine can be substituted for guanosine to reduce dependence on Tm . The ionic concentration of the hybridization buffer also affects the stability of the hybrid. Hybridization buffers generally contain blocking agents such as Denhardt's solution (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.), denatured salmon sperm DNA, tRNA, milk powders (BLOTTO), heparin or SDS, and a Na+ source, such as SSC (lx SSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride, 15 mM sodium citrate) or SSPE (lx SSPE: l.δ M NaCl, 10 mM NaH2PO4, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.7). By decreasing the ionic concentration of the buffer, the stability of the hybrid is increased. Typically, hybridization buffers contain from between 10 mM - 1 M Na+. The addition of destabilizing or denaturing agents such as formamide, tetralkylammonium salts, guanidinium cations or thiocyanate cations to the hybridization solution will alter the Tm of a hybrid. Typically, formamide is used at a concentration of up to 50% to allow incubations to be carried out at more convenient and lower temperatures. Formamide also acts to reduce non-specific background when using RNA probes.
As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant zacrpδ polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA. One of skill in the art can devise variations of these hybridization conditions. For example, the hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65 °C, in a solution that does not contain formamide. Moreover, premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions. Following hybridization, the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions. Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. That is, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant zacrpδ polypeptide remained hybridized following stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2x SSC with 0.1%.SDS at 65°C. One of skill in the art can readily devise equivalent conditions, for example, by substituting the SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C. In other words, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant zacrpδ polypeptide remained hybridized following stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
The present invention also provides isolated zacrpδ polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2, or orthologs. The term "substantially similar sequence identity" is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% sequence identity to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also contemplates zacrpδ variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above. Such zacrpδ variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized following stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.T (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide comprising amino acid residue 199 to amino acid residue 330 of SEQ ID NO:2.
Alternatively, zacrpδ variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized following highly stringent washing conditions with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement), in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65 °C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence amino acid residue 26 to amino acid residue 330 of SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also includes particular zacrpδ variants are characterized using hybridization analysis with a reference nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of a nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement. For example, such reference nucleic acid molecules include nucleic acid molecules consisting of the following nucleotide sequences, or complements thereof, SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotides 189-1142 of SEQ ID NO:l.
Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 3 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one- letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
r- H s CM ro 1
CM CM o 1 1 Λ ^μ ro CM CM 1 1 1
CH l H H ro CM 1 1 1 1 1 fa CO CM CM H ro
1 1 1 1
S m O CM H <-l H <-( 1 1 1 1 1
Figure imgf000042_0001
J ^μ CM CM o ro CM CM r-l ,-1 1 1 1 1 1 1
H ^P CM ro v-. o ro CM ro ro
1 1 1 1 1 1
K 00 ro ro CM CM CM CM CM ro 1 ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C5 CO CM CM ro ro CM o CM CM ro ro 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 fa m CM o m n ,-1 CM ro r-t o ro CM CM
1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ot IT) M CM o ro CM vH o ro H o CM CM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 u σ. ro ro ro <-l ro CM ro CM CM H 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P CD ro o CM H H ro ro ro H o ro ro
1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
& CD H ro o o o H ro ro o CM ro CM v-t o CM ro
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 rt m O CM ro H o M O ro CM CM ro CM H ro CM ro
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
<: <* r-I CM CM o H o CM CM H H o ro CM o
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
< Pi S3 P o Ol w K H J w a fa d. W e→ S i» >
o Those skilled in the art appreciate that there are many established algorithms available to align two amino acid sequences. The "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative zacrpδ variant. The FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (19δδ), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990). Briefly, FASTA first characterizes sequence similarity by identifying regions shared by the query sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2) and a test sequence that have either the highest density of identities (if the ktup variable is 1) or pairs of identities (if ktup=2), without considering conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. The ten regions with the highest density of identities are then rescored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score. If there are several regions with scores greater than the "cutoff value (calculated by a predetermined formula based upon the length of the sequence and the ktup value), then the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps. Finally, the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, /. Mol. Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SIAM J. Appl Math. 26:181 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions. Illustrative parameters for FASTA analysis are: ktup=l, gap opening penalty=10, gap extension penalty=l, and substitution matrix=BLOSUM62. These parameters can be introduced into a FASTA program by modifying the scoring matrix file ("SMATRIX"), as explained in Appendix 2 of Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990).
FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above. For nucleotide sequence comparisons, the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above. The present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. That is, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in a zacrpδ amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in a zacrpδ amino acid sequence, a sulfur- containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in a zacrpδ amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy- containing amino acid in a zacrpδ amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a zacrp8 amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a zacrpδ amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in a zacrpδ amino acid sequence.
Among the common amino acids, for example, a "conservative amino acid substitution" is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
The BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat' I Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution" preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3. According to this system, preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3). Particular variants of zacrpδ are characterized by having at least δ0%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99, or greater than 99% sequence identity to the corresponding amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2), wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions. Conservative amino acid changes in a zacrpδ gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l. Such "conservative amino acid" variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (JJRL Press 1991)).
Amino acid sequence changes are made in zacrpδ polypeptides so as to minimize disruption of higher order structure essential to biological activity. For example, changes in amino acid residues will be made so as not to disrupt the geometry and other components of the molecule where changes in conformation abate some critical function. The effects of amino acid sequence changes can be predicted by, for example, computer modeling as disclosed above or determined by analysis of crystal structure (see, e.g., Lapthorn et al, Nat. Struct. Biol. 2:266-26δ, 1995). Other techniques that are well known in the art compare folding of a variant protein to a standard molecule (e.g., the native protein). For example, comparison of the cysteine pattern in a variant and standard molecules can be made. Mass spectrometry and chemical modification using reduction and alkylation provide methods for determining cysteine residues which are associated with disulfide bonds or are free of such associations (Bean et al., Anal. Biochem. 201:216-226, 1992; Gray, Protein Sci. 2:1732- 1748, 1993; and Patterson et al., Anal. Chem. 66:3727-3732, 1994). It is generally believed that if a modified molecule does not have the same cysteine pattern as the standard molecule, folding would be affected. Another well known and accepted method for measuring folding is circular dichrosism (CD). Measuring and comparing the CD spectra generated by a modified molecule and standard molecule is routine (Johnson, Proteins 7:205-214, 1990). Crystallography is another well known method for analyzing folding and structure. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), digestive peptide mapping and epitope mapping are also known methods for analyzing folding and structurally similarities between proteins and polypeptides (Schaanan et al., Science 257:961-964, 1992).
A Hopp/Woods hydrophilicity profile of the zacrpδ protein sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO:2 can be generated (Hopp et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 78:3824- 382δ, 1981; Hopp, J. Immun. Meth. 88:1-18, 19δ6 and Triquier et al., Protein Engineering 11:153-169, 1998). The profile is based on a sliding six-residue window. Buried G, S, and T residues and exposed H, Y, and W residues were ignored.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity will be taken into account when designing modifications in the amino acid sequence of a zacrpδ polypeptide, so as not to disrupt the overall structural and biological profile. Of particular interest for replacement are hydrophobic residues selected from the group consisting of Val, Leu and He or the group consisting of Met, Gly, Ser, Ala, Tyr and Trp. For example, residues tolerant of substitution could include Val, Leu and He or the group consisting of Met, Gly, Ser, Ala, Tyr and Trp residues as shown in SEQ ID NO:2. An alternative approach to identifying a variant zacrpδ polynucleotide on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant zacrpδ gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, as discussed above.
Other methods of identifying essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention are procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 88:449δ (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site-Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 199δ)). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for biological or biochemical activity as disclosed below to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:4699 (1996).
The proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tra«.?-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, cw-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, αWo-threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethyl- cysteine, hydroxyethylbomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethyl- proline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azapheny- lalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine. Several methods are known in the art for incorporating non-naturally occurring amino acid residues into proteins. For example, an in vitro system can be employed wherein nonsense mutations are suppressed using chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRNAs. Methods for synthesizing amino acids and aminoacylating tRNA are known in the art. Transcription and translation of plasmids containing nonsense mutations is typically carried out in a cell-free system comprising an E. coli S30 extract and commercially available enzymes and other reagents. Proteins are purified by chromatography. See, for example, Robertson et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:2122 (1991), Ellman et al, Methods Enzymol 202:301 (1991), Chung et al, Science 259:806 (1993), and Chung et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:10145 (1993). In a second method, translation is carried out in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mRNA and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRNAs (Turcatti et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:19991 (1996)). Within a third method, E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine). The non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)).
A limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for zacrpδ amino acid residues.
Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the ait, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 88:4498 (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site- Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for biological activity as disclosed below to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al, J. Biol Chem. 271:4699 (1996).
The location of zacrpδ activity domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, 4δ
FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992). Moreover, zacrpδ labeled with biotin or FTTC can be used for expression cloning of zacrpδ substrates and inhibitors.
Multiple amino acid substitutions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer (Science 241:53 (1988)) or Bowie and Sauer (Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 86:2152 (1989)). Briefly, these authors disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting for functional polypeptide, and then sequencing the mutagenized polypeptides to determine the spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position. Other methods that can be used include phage display (e.g., Lowman et al, Biochem. 30:10832 (1991), Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Huse, international publication No. WO 92/06204, and region-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et ah, Gene 46:145 (1986), and Ner et al, DNA 7:121, (1988)).
Variants of the disclosed zacrpδ nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 370:389 (1994), Stemmer, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 91:10147 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNAs are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNAs, such as allelic variants or DNAs from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes. Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells. Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-zacrp8 antibodies, can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure. The present invention also includes "functional fragments" of zacrpδ polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments. Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a zacrpδ polypeptide. As an illustration, DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 can be digested with Bal31 nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. One alternative to exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment. Alternatively, particular fragments of a zacrpδ gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
As an illustration, studies on the truncation at either or both termini of interferons have been summarized by Horisberger and Di Marco, Pharmac. Ther. 66:501 (1995). Moreover, standard techniques for functional analysis of proteins are described by, for example, Treuter et ah, Molec. Gen. Genet. 240:113 (1993), Content et ah, "Expression and preliminary deletion analysis of the 42 kDa 2-5 A synthetase induced by human interferon," in Biological Interferon Systems, Proceedings of ISIR-TNO Meeting on Interferon Systems, Cantell (ed.), pages 65-72 (Nijhoff 19δ7), Herschman, "The EGF Receptor," in Control of Animal Cell Proliferation, Vol. 1, Boynton et ah, (eds.) pages 169-199 (Academic Press 1985), Coumailleau et ah, J. Biol. Chem. 270:29270 (1995); Fukunaga et al, J. Biol. Chem. 270:25291 (1995); Yamaguchi et al, Biochem. Pharmacol. 50:1295 (1995), and Meisel et ah, Plant Molec. Biol. 30:1 (1996).
The present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a zacrpδ gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. A variant zacrpδ gene can be identified on the basis of structure by determining the level of identity with nucleotide and amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs:l and 2, as discussed above. An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant zacrpδ gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , as discussed above. The present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of a zacrpδ polypeptide described herein. Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen. Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA δl:3998 (1983)).
In contrast, polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind. Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). Accordingly, antigenic epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides preferably contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2. Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a zacrpδ polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein. Moreover, epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 7:616 (1996)). Standard methods for identifying epitopes and producing antibodies from small peptides that comprise an epitope are described, for example, by Mole, "Epitope Mapping," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 105-116 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992), Price, "Production and Characterization of Synthetic Peptide-Derived Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 60-δ4 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, pages 9.3.1 - 9.3.5 and pages 9.4.1 - 9.4.11 (John Wiley & Sons 1997). For any zacrpδ polypeptide, including variants and fusion proteins, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily generate a fully degenerate polynucleotide sequence encoding that variant using the information set forth in Tables 1 and 2 above. Moreover, those of skill in the art can use standard software to devise zacrpδ variants based upon the nucleotide and amino acid sequences described herein. Accordingly, the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of SEQ ID NOs:l, 2, or 3. Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically-readable media. Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk. Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
Production of zacrpδ Fusion Proteins Fusion proteins of zacrpδ can be used to express zacrpδ in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed zacrpδ. As described below, particular zacrpδ fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a zacrpδ polypeptide from a recombinant host cell. To direct a zacrpδ polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a eukaryotic host cell, a secretory signal sequence (also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence) is provided in the zacrpδ expression vector. While the secretory signal sequence may be derived from zacrpδ, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo. The secretory signal sequence is operably linked to a zacrpδ- encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell. Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,δ30). While the secretory signal sequence of zacrpδ or another protein produced by mammalian cells (e.g., tissue-type plasminogen activator signal sequence, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,655) is useful for expression of zacrpδ in recombinant mammalian hosts, a yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells. Examples of suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating pheromone α-factor (encoded by the MFal gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene). See, for example, Romanos et ah, "Expression of Cloned Genes in Yeast," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (eds.), pages 123-167 (Oxford University Press 1995).
In bacterial cells, it is often desirable to express a heterologous protein as a fusion protein to decrease toxicity, increase stability, and to enhance recovery of the expressed protein. For example, zacrpδ can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide. Glutathione S-transferase fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns. In similar approaches, a zacrpδ fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose. Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et ah, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995). In addition, commercially available expression systems are available. For example, the PINPOINT Xa protein purification system (Promega Corporation; Madison, WI) provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin.
Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyhistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag (which binds with anti-RYIRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et ah, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 329:215 (1996), Morganti et ah, Biotechnoh Appl. Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et ah, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma-Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO).
Another form of fusion protein comprises a zacrpδ polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an Fc fragment, which contains two constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region. As an illustration, Chang et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125, describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment, in which the C-terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety. An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert. In such a fusion protein, an illustrative Fc moiety is a human γ4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity. Accordingly, the present invention contemplates a zacrpδ fusion protein that comprises a zacrpδ moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the zacrpδ moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker. The zacrpδ moiety can be a zacrpδ molecule or a fragment thereof. In another variation, a zacrpδ fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a zacrpδ moiety covalently joined to the amino terminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the amino terminal of the zacrpδ moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH2 domain, and a CH3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CHi domain. The zacrpδ moiety displays a zacrpδ activity, as described herein, such as the ability to bind with a zacrpδ antibody. This general approach to producing fusion proteins that comprise both antibody and nonantibody portions has been described by LaRochelle et ah, EP 742830 (WO 95/21258).
Fusion proteins comprising a zacrpδ moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool. For example, the presence of a zacrpδ inhibitor in a biological sample can be detected using a zacrpδ-antibody fusion protein, in which the zacrpδ moiety is used to target the substrate or inhibitor, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex. Furthermore, such fusion proteins can be used to identify molecules that interfere with the binding of zacrpδ and a substrate. Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating the components. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25. *
zacrpδ Analogs and zacrpδ Inhibitors
One general class of zacrpδ analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein. Another general class of zacrpδ analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti- idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et ah, Proc. Assoc Am. Physicians 10δ:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti- idiotype zacrpδ antibodies mimic zacrpδ, these domains can provide zacrpδ activity. Methods of producing anti-idiotypic catalytic antibodies are known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Joron et ah, Ann. N Y Acad. Sci. 672:216 (1992), Friboulet et ah, Apph Biochem. Biotechnoh 47:229 (1994), and Avalle et ah, Ann. N Y Acad .Sci. 864:118 (1998)).
Another approach to identifying zacrpδ analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et ah, Phage Display of
Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), Verdine, U.S. Patent No. 5,783,384,
Kay, et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,747,334, and Kauffman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,323.
Solution in vitro assays can be used to identify a zacrpδ substrate or inhibitor. Solid phase systems can also be used to identify a substrate or inhibitor of a zacrpδ polypeptide. For example, a zacrpδ polypeptide or zacrpδ fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use of this instrument is disclosed, for example, by Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 145:229 (1991), and Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol Biol 234:554 (1993). In brief, a zacrpδ polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell. A test sample is then passed through the cell. If a zacrpδ substrate or inhibitor is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index of the medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film. This system allows the determination on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of the stoichiometry of binding, as well as the kinetic effects of zacrp8 mutation. This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti-complement pairs.
Production of zacrpδ Polypeptides in Cultured Cells
The polypeptides of the present invention, including full-length polypeptides, functional fragments, and fusion proteins, can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques. To express a zacrpδ gene, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must he operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell. In addition to transcriptional regulatory sequences, such as promoters and enhancers, expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence. As discussed above, expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell. For example, a zacrpS expression vector may comprise a zacrpδ gene and a secretory sequence derived from a zacrpδ gene or another secreted gene.
Zacrpδ proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells. Examples of suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 15δ7), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL δ544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 (Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet. 12:555, 1986)), rat pituitary cells (GH1; ATCC CCL82), HeLa S3 cells (ATCC CCL2.2), rat hepatoma cells (H-4-H-E; ATCC CRL 154δ) SV40-transformed monkey kidney cells (COS-1; ATCC CRL 1650) and murine embryonic cells (NDH- 3T3; ATCC CRL 1658).
For a mammalian host, the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression. Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, yosin, and metallothionein genes. Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et ah, J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:213 (1982)), the TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 79:6111 (1982)), the cytomegalovirus promoter (Foecking et ah, Gene 45:101 (1980)), and the mouse mammary tumor virus promoter (see, generally, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163-181 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)). Alternatively, a prokaryotic promoter, such as the bacteriophage T3
RNA polymerase promoter, can be used to control zacrpδ gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et ah, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et ah, Nucl. Acids Res. 19:4485 (1991)).
An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like. Preferably, the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome. Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
For example, one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin. In this case, selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like. Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification." Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes. An exemplary amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate. Other drug resistance genes (e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase) can also be used. Alternatively, markers that introduce an altered phenotype, such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins (e.g., CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, and placental alkaline phosphatase) may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
Zacrpδ polypeptides can also be produced by cultured cells using a viral delivery system. Exemplary viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV). Adenovirus, a double-stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et ah, Meth. Cell Bioh 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)). Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters. By deleting portions of the adenovirus genome, larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co- transfected plasmid. An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. For example, adenovirus vector infected human 293 cells (ATCC Nos. CRL-1573, 45504, 45505) can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein (see Gamier et ah, Cytotechnoh 15:145 (1994)).
Zacrpδ genes may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells. The baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned zacrpδ genes into insect cells. Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa californica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter. A second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et ah, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993)). This system, which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD). This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the zacrpδ polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid." See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et ah, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk, and Rapoport, /. Bioh Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In addition, transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed zacrpδ polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag (Grussenmeyer et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 82:7952 (1985)). Using a technique known in the art, a transfer vector containing a zacrpδ gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus. The bacmid DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
The illustrative PFASTBAC vector can be modified to a considerable degree. For example, the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculovirus basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter) which is expressed earlier in the baculovirus infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins (see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et ah, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In such transfer vector constructs, a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used. Moreover, transfer vectors can be constructed which replace the native zacrpδ secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins. For example, a secretory signal sequence from Ecdysteroid Glucosyltransferase (EGT), honey bee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculovirus gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native zacrpδ secretory signal sequence.
The recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells. Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-8/-21, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 8 9 (ATCC CRL 1711), 8/21 AE, and 8/21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FTNEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435). Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells. Suitable media are Sf900 H™ (Life Technologies) or ESF 921™ (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405™ (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveO™ (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells. When recombinant virus is used, the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 105 cells to a density of 1-2 x 106 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3. Established techniques for producing recombinant proteins in baculovirus systems are provided by Bailey et ah, "Manipulation of Baculovirus Vectors," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray (ed.), pages 147-168 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1991), by Patel et ah, "The baculovirus expression system," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 205-244 (Oxford University Press 1995), by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-37 to 16-57, by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995), and by Lucknow, "Insect Cell Expression Technology," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 183-218 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996).
Fungal cells, including yeast cells, can also be used to express the genes described herein. Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica. Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GALl (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HJS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like. Many yeast cloning vectors have been designed and are readily available. These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCp 19. Methods for transforming S. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides there from are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,00δ, Welch et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,δ45,075. Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine). An illustrative vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et ah (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No. 4,977,092) and alcohol dehydrogenase genes. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 4,990,446, 5,063,154, 5,139,936, and 4,661,454.
Transformation systems for other yeasts, including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et ah, J. Gen. Microbiol. i32:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349. Methods for transforming Acremonium chrysogenum are disclosed by Sumino et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,228. Methods for transforming Neurospora are disclosed by Lambowitz, U.S. Patent No. 4,486,533.
For example, the use of Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716, 808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et ah, Yeast 14:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 9δ/02536, and WO 98/02565.
DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation. For polypeptide production in P. methanolica, it is preferred that the
„ promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P. methanolica gene, such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUG1 or AUG2). Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and
, catalase (CAT) genes. To facilitate integration of the DNA into the host chromosome, it is preferred to have the entire expression segment of the plasmid flanked at both ends by host DNA sequences. An illustrative selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine. For large-scale, industrial processes where it is desirable to minimize the use of methanol, it is preferred to use host cells in which both methanol utilization genes (AUG1 and AUG2) are deleted. For production of secreted proteins, host cells deficient in vacuolar protease genes (PEP4 and PRB1) are preferred. Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells. P. methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds. Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells. Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et ah, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et ah, Biotechnology 10:268 (1992), and Miki et ah, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-δ8 (CRC Press, 1993).
Alternatively, zacrpδ genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells. , Suitable promoters that can be used to express zacrpδ polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the PR and PL promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the tip, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B. subtilis, the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene. Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbioh 1:211 (1987), Watson et ah, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995).
Useful prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilis. Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(DE3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RR1, Y1088, Y1089, CSHlδ, ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)). Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilis include BR151, YBδδό, MI119, MI120, and B170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (JJRL Press 1985)). When expressing a zacrpδ polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution. In the latter case, the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding.
Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Williams et ah, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et a (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995), Ward et ah, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Georgiou, "Expression of Proteins in Bacteria," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), page 101 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
Standard methods for introducing expression vectors into bacterial, yeast, insect, and plant cells are provided, for example, by Ausubel (1995). General methods for expressing and recovering foreign protein produced by a mammalian cell system are provided by, for example, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1996). Standard techniques for recovering protein produced by a bacterial system is provided by, for example, Grisshammer et a , "Purification of over-produced proteins from E. coli cells," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 59-92 (Oxford University Press 1995). Established methods for isolating recombinant proteins from a baculovirus system are described by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, hie. 1995). As an alternative, polypeptides of the present invention can be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. These synthesis methods are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963), Stewart et ah, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis" (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 19δ4), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot. 3:3 (19δ6), Atherton et ah, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 19δ9), Fields and Colowick, "Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis," Methods in Enzymology Volume 2S9 (Academic Press 1997), and Lloyd- Williams et ah, Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Variations in total chemical synthesis strategies, such as "native chemical ligation" and "expressed protein ligation" are also standard (see, for example, Dawson et ah, Science 266:116 (1994), Hackeng et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 94:1845 (1997), Dawson, Methods Enzymol. 2δ7; 34 (1997), Muir et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 95:6105 (1998), and Severinov and Muir, J. Biol. Chem. 273:16205 (1998)).
Isolation of zacrpδ Polypeptides
The polypeptides of the present invention, can be purified to at least about 80% purity, to at least about 90% purity, to at least about 95% purity, or greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents. The polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. Certain purified polypeptide preparations are substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of zacrpS purified from natural sources, and recombinant zacrpδ polypeptides and fusion zacrpδ polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells. In general, ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples. Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred. Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like. Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996). Additional variations in zacrpδ isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art. For example, anti-zacrpδ antibodies, obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification.
The polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties. For example, immobilized metal ion adsorption (IMAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3:1 (19δ5)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents. Other methods of purification include purification of glycosylated proteins by lectin affinity chromatography and ion exchange chromatography (M. Deutscher, (ed.), Meth. Enzymol. 782:529 (1990)). Within additional embodiments of the invention, a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag (e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain) may be constructed to facilitate purification.
Zacrpδ polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described above. Zacrpδ polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
The present invention also contemplates chemically modified zacrpδ compositions, in which a zacrpδ polypeptide is linked with a polymer. Typically, the polymer is water soluble so that the zacrpδ conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment. An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation. hi this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled. An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,252.714). The polymer may be branched or unbranched. Moreover, a mixture of polymers can be used to produce zacrpδ conjugates.
Zacrp8 conjugates used for therapy should preferably comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties. Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl- C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N- vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, tø-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate- based polymers. Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000. A zacrpδ conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers. Anti-zacrp8 antibodies or anti-idiotype antibodies can also be conjugated with a water-soluble polymer. The present invention contemplates compositions comprising a peptide or polypeptide described herein. Such compositions can further comprise a carrier. The carrier can be a conventional organic or inorganic carrier. Examples of carriers include water, buffer solution, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like.
Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, at least nine, or at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences. Additional polypeptides can comprise at least 15, at least 30, at least 40, or at least 50 contiguous amino acids of such regions of SEQ ID NO:2. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
Production of Antibodies to zacrpδ Proteins
Antibodies to zacrpδ can be obtained, for example, using as an antigen the product of a zacrpδ expression vector or zacrpδ isolated from a natural source. Particularly useful anti-zacrp8 antibodies "bind specifically" with zacrpδ. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to zacrpδ with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to zacrpδ.
With regard to the first characteristic, antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a zacrpδ polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (Ka) of 106 M"1 or greater, preferably 107 M"1 or greater, more preferably 108 M"1 or greater, and most preferably 109 M"1 or greater. The binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 57:660 (1949)). With regard to the second characteristic, antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect zacrp8, but not known related polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Examples of known related polypeptides are orthologs and proteins from the same species that are members of a protein family.
Anti-zacrp8 antibodies can be produced using antigenic zacrpδ epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides. Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, preferably 6δ
between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO:2. However, peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with zacrpδ. It is desirable that the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production. As an illustration, potential antigenic sites in zacrpδ were identified using the Jameson-Wolf method, Jameson and Wolf, CABIOS 4:181, (1988), as implemented by the PROTEAN program (version 3.14) of LASERGENE (DNASTAR; Madison, WI). Default parameters were used in this analysis.
The Jameson- Wolf method predicts potential antigenic determinants by combining six major subroutines for protein structural prediction. Briefly, the Hopp- Woods method, Hopp et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 78:3824 (1981), is first used to identify aminb acid sequences representing areas of greatest local hydrophilicity (parameter: seven residues averaged). In the second step, Emini's method, Emini et ah, J. Virology 55:836 (1985), is used to calculate surface probabilities (parameter: surface decision threshold (0.6) = 1). Third, the Karplus-Schultz method, Karplus and Schultz, Natui-wissenschaften 72:212 (19δ5), is used to predict backbone chain flexibility (parameter: flexibility threshold (0.2) = 1). In the fourth and fifth steps of the analysis, secondary structure predictions are applied to the data using the methods of Chou- Fasman, Chou, "Prediction of Protein Structural Classes from Amino Acid Composition," in Prediction of Protein Structure and the Principles of Protein Conformation, Fasman (ed.), pages 549-586 (Plenum Press 1990), and Garnier-Robson, Gamier et ah, J. Mol. Biol. 120:91 (1978) (Chou-Fasman parameters: conformation table = 64 proteins; α region threshold = 103; β region threshold = 105; Garnier- Robson parameters: α and β decision constants = 0). In the sixth subroutine, flexibility parameters and hydropathy/solvent accessibility factors are combined to determine a surface contour value, designated as the "antigenic index." Finally, a peak broadening function is applied to the antigenic index, which broadens major surface peaks by adding 20, 40, 60, or 80% of the respective peak value to account for additional free energy derived from the mobility of surface regions relative to interior regions. This calculation is not applied, however, to any major peak that resides in a helical region, since helical regions tend to be less flexible.
Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant zacrp8 protein or to zacrpδ isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. Antibodies can also be generated using a zacrpδ-glutathione transferase fusion protein, which is similar to a method described by Burrus and McMahon, Exp. Cell. Res. 220:363 (1995). General methods for producing polyclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Green et ah, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et ah, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995).
The immunogenicity of a zacrpδ polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of zacrpδ or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein. The polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof. If the polypeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization. Although polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horse, cow, dog, chicken, rat, mouse, rabbit, goat, guinea pig, or sheep, an anti-zacrp8 antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody. General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et ah, International Patent Publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et ah, Int. J. Cancer 46:310 (1990). Alternatively, monoclonal anti-zacrpδ antibodies, e.g., neutralizing monoclonal antibodies to neutralize zacrpδ activity, can be generated. Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et ah, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ["Coligan"], Picksley et ah, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
Briefly, monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising a zacrpδ gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B-lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
In addition, an anti-zacrp8 antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody. Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge. In this technique, elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci. The transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et ah, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
For particular uses, it may be desirable to prepare fragments of anti- zacrpδ antibodies. Such antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody. Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. As an illustration, antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments. Optionally, the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages. As an alternative, n enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et ah, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73:119 (1959), Edelman et ah, in Methods in Enzymology Vol. 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
For example, Fv fragments comprise an association of VH and V chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972). Alternatively, the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)).
The Fv fragments may comprise VH and V chains which are connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (scFv) are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the VH and VL domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing scFvs are described, for example, by Whitlow et ah, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:91 (1991) (also see, Bird et ah, Science 242:423 (1988), Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Pack et ah, Bio/Technology 77:1271 (1993), and Sandhu, supra). As an illustration, a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to zacrpδ polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled zacrpδ protein or peptide). Genes encoding polypeptides having potential zacrp8 polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides which interact with a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances. Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,77δ, Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,4δ4, Ladner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,69δ, and Kay et ah, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc. 1996)) and random peptide display libraries and kits for screening such libraries are available commercially, for instance from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Invitrogen Inc. (San Diego, CA), New England ' Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, MA), and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc. (Piscataway, NJ). Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the zacrpδ sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins which bind to zacrpδ. Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR). CDR peptides ("minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et ah, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al. (eds.), page 166 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Ward et ah, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch et ah, (eds.), page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995)). Alternatively, an anti-zacrpδ antibody may be derived from a
"humanized" monoclonal antibody. Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts. The use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833 (1989). Techniques for producing humanized monoclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Jones et ah, Nature 321:522 (19δ6), Carter et ah, Proc. Nat'l . Acad. Sci. USA 89:4285 (1992), Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:437 (1992), Singer et ah, J. Immun. 750:2δ44 (1993), Sudhir (ed.), Antibody Engineering Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1995), Kelley, "Engineering Therapeutic Antibodies," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 399-434 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996), and by Queen et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,762 (1997).
Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-zacrpδ antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et ah, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Methods In Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7. Alternatively, monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-zacrpδ antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above. As another alternative, humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti-idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by hie, U.S. Patent No. 5,20δ,146; Greene, et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,637,677; and Varthakavi and Minocha, J. Gen. Virol. 77:1875 (1996).
Anti-idiotype zacrpδ antibodies, as well as zacrp8 polypeptides, can be ' used to identify and to isolate zacrpδ substrates and inhibitors. For example, proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind substrate and inhibitor proteins from biological samples that are run over the column (Hermanson et al. (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195-202 (Academic Press 1992)). Radiolabeled or affinity labeled zacrpδ polypeptides can also be used to identify or to localize zacrpδ substrates and inhibitors in a biological sample (see, for example, Deutscher (ed.), Methods in Enzymol., vol. Iδ2, pages 721-37 (Academic Press 1990); Brunner et ah, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:4δ3 (1993); Fedan et ah, Biochem. Pharmacol. 33:1167 (19δ4)).
Use of Zacrpδ Nucleotide Sequences to Detect Zacrpδ Gene Expression and to Examine Zacrpδ Gene Structure Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a zacrpδ gene in a biological sample. Such probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target zacrpδ RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
Well-established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P or 35S. Alternatively, zacrp8 RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Hlustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin. Zacrpδ oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, 18F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et ah, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)).
Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCT? Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 199δ), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 199δ), and Meltzer (ed.), PCT? in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase-PCR (RT-PCR). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with zacrpδ primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
As an illustration, RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above. Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or zacrpδ anti-sense oligomers. Oligo-dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences, zacrpδ sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length. PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled zacrpδ probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
Another approach for detection of zacrpδ expression is cycling probe technology (CPT), in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et ah, J. Clin. Microbioh 34:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et ah, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)). Alternative methods for detection of zacrpδ sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see, for example, Marshall et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,6δ6,272 (1997), Dyer et al, J. Virol. Methods 60:161 (1996), Ehricht et al, Eur. J. Biochem. 243:358 (1997), and Chadwick et ah, J. Virol. Methods 70:59 (199δ)). Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art. Zacrpδ probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize zacrpδ gene expression in tissue samples. Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-27δ (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al. (eds.), "Localization of DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 279-2δ9 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Various additional diagnostic approaches are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc., 1996)).
Zacrpδ nucleotide sequences can be used in linkage-based testing for various diseases, and to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the zacrpδ gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the zacrpδ gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate a zacrpδ gene. Aberrations associated with a zacrpδ locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis (ARMS), single-strand conformation polymoφhism (SSCP) detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis (FAMA), and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 708:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc. 1996), Elles (ed.) Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Landegren (ed.), Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection (Oxford University Press 1996), Birren et ah (eds.), Genome Analysis, Vol. 2: Detecting Genes (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 199δ), Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics (John Wiley & Sons 199δ), and Richards and Ward, "Molecular Diagnostic Testing," in Principles of Molecular Medicine, pages δ3-88 (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
The protein truncation test is also useful for detecting the inactivation of a gene in which translation-terminating mutations produce only portions of the encoded protein (see, for example, Stoppa-Lyonnet et ah, Blood 91:3920 (1998)). According to this approach, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the zacrpδ target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in-frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system. The translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products. The protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998). The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for zacrpδ gene expression or to analyze the zacrpδ locus of a subject. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a fragment thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR. Such a kit can contain all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise at least one container comprising a zacrpδ probe or primer. The kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of zacrpδ sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the zacrpδ probes and primers are used to detect zacrpδ gene expression. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes zacrp8, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a zacrp8-encoding nucleotide sequence, or to analyze chromosomal sequences associated with the zacrpδ locus. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
The present invention also provides reagents which will find use in diagnostic applications. For example, the zacrpδ gene, a probe comprising zacrpδ DNA or RNA or a subsequence thereof can be used to determine if the zacrpδ gene is present on a human chromosome, such as chromosome 13, or if a gene mutation has occurred. Based on annotation of a fragment of human genomic DNA containing a part of zacrpδ genomic DNA, zacrpδ is located at the ql2.12 region of chromosome 13. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the zacrpδ gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, loss of heterozygosity (LOH), translocations, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Such aberrations can be detected using polynucleotides of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, and other genetic linkage analysis techniques known in the art (Sambrook et al., ibid.; Ausubel et al., ibid.; Marian, Chest 708:255-65, 1995).
The precise knowledge of a gene's position can be useful for a number of purposes, including: 1) determining if a sequence is part of an existing contig and obtaining additional surrounding genetic sequences in various forms, such as YACs, BACs or cDNA clones; 2) providing a possible candidate gene for an inheritable disease which shows linkage to the same chromosomal region; and 3) cross-referencing model organisms, such as mouse, which may aid in determining what function a particular gene might have.
The zacrpδ gene is located at the ql2.12 region of chromosome 13. Several genes of known function map to this region that are linked to human disease. Thus, since the zacrpδ gene maps to chromosome ql2.12, the zacrpδ polynucleotide probes of the present invention can be used to detect and diagnose the presence of chromosome 13 monosomy and other chromosome ql2.12 loss, and particularly chromosome 13 monosomy and loss and chromosomal aberrations at ql2.12 including deletions, rearrangements, and chromosomal breakpoints, and translocations can be associated with tumors. Thus, since the zacrpδ gene maps to this critical region, the zacrpδ polynucleotide probes of the present invention can be used to detect chromosome deletions, translocations and rearrangements associated with those diseases. See the Online Mendellian Inheritance of Man (OMIM™, National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of Medicine. Bethesda, MD) gene map, and references therein, for this region of human chromosome 13, and ql2.12 on a publicly available world wide web server. All of these serve as possible candidate genes for an inheritable disease that show linkage to the same chromosomal region as the zacrpδ gene. Thus, zacrpδ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with these defects.
A diagnostic could assist physicians in determining the type of disease and appropriate associated therapy, or assistance in genetic counseling. As such, the inventive anti-zacrpδ antibodies, polynucleotides, and polypeptides can be used for the detection of zacrpδ polypeptide, mRNA or anti-zacrp8 antibodies, thus serving as markers and be directly used for detecting or genetic diseases or cancers, as described herein, using methods known in the art and described herein. Further, zacrpδ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with chromosome ql2.12 deletions, chromosome 13 monosomy and translocations associated with human diseases, such as described above, or other translocations and LOH involved with malignant progression of tumors or other ql2.12 mutations, which are expected to be involved in chromosome rearrangements in malignancy; or in other cancers. Similarly, zacrpδ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with chromosome ql2.12 trisomy and chromosome loss associated with human diseases or spontaneous abortion. All of these serve as possible candidate genes for an inheritable disease which show linkage to the same chromosomal region as the zacrpδ gene. Thus, zacrpδ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with these defects. One of skill in the art would recognize that of zacrpδ polynucleotide probes are particularly useful for diagnosis of gross chromosome 13 abnormalities associated with loss of heterogeneity (LOH), chromosome gain (e.g. trisomy), translocation, chromosome loss (monosomy), DNA amplification, and the like. Translocations within chromosomal locus ql2.12 wherein the zacrpδ gene is located are known to be associated with human disease. For example, ql2.12 deletions, monosomy and translocations are associated with specific human diseases as discussed above. Thus, since the zacrpδ gene maps to this critical region, zacrpδ polynucleotide probes of the present invention can be used to detect abnormalities or genotypes associated with ql2.12 translocation, deletion and trisomy, and the like, described above. As discussed above, defects in the zacrpδ gene itself may result in a heritable human disease state. Molecules of the present invention, such as the δl
polypeptides, antagonists, agonists, polynucleotides and antibodies of the present invention would aid in the detection, diagnosis prevention, and treatment associated with a zacrpδ genetic defect. In addition, zacrpδ polynucleotide probes can be used to detect allelic differences between diseased or non-diseased individuals at the zacrpδ chromosomal locus. As such, the zacrpδ sequences can be used as diagnostics in forensic DNA profiling.
In general, the diagnostic methods used in genetic linkage analysis, to detect a genetic abnormality or aberration in a patient, are known in the art. Analytical probes will be generally at least 20 nt in length, although somewhat shorter probes can be used (e.g., 14-17 nt). PCR primers are at least 5 nt in length, preferably 15 or more, more preferably 20-30 nt. For gross analysis of genes, or chromosomal DNA, a zacrpδ polynucleotide probe may comprise an entire exon or more. Exons are readily determined by one of skill in the art by comparing zacrp8 sequences (SEQ ID NO:l) with the genomic DNA for zacrpδ. hi general, the diagnostic methods used in genetic linkage analysis, to detect a genetic abnormality or aberration in a patient, are known in the art. Most diagnostic methods comprise the steps of (a) obtaining a genetic sample from a potentially diseased patient, diseased patient or potential non-diseased carrier of a recessive disease allele; (b) producing a first reaction product by incubating the genetic sample with a zacrpδ polynucleotide probe wherein the polynucleotide will hybridize to complementary polynucleotide sequence, such as in RFLP analysis or by incubating the genetic sample with sense and antisense primers in a PCR reaction under appropriate PCR reaction conditions; (iii) Visualizing the first reaction product by gel electrophoresis and/or other known method such as visualizing the first reaction product with a zacrpδ polynucleotide probe wherein the polynucleotide will hybridize to the complementary polynucleotide sequence of the first reaction; and (iv) comparing the visualized first reaction product to a second control reaction product of a genetic sample from wild type patient.
A difference between the first reaction product and the control reaction product is indicative of a genetic abnormality in the diseased or potentially diseased patient, or the presence of a heterozygous recessive carrier phenotype for a non- diseased patient, or the presence of a genetic defect in a tumor from a diseased patient, or the presence of a genetic abnormality in a fetus or pre-implantation embryo. For example, a difference in restriction fragment pattern, length of PCR products, length of repetitive sequences at the or zacrpδ genetic locus, and the like, are indicative of a genetic abnormality, genetic aberration, or allelic difference in comparison to the normal wild type control. Controls can be from unaffected family members, or unrelated individuals, depending on the test and availability of samples. Genetic samples for use within the present invention include genomic DNA, mRNA, and cDNA isolated form any tissue or other biological sample from a patient, such as but not limited to, blood, saliva, semen, embryonic cells, amniotic fluid, and the like. The polynucleotide probe or primer can be RNA or DNA, and will comprise a portion of SEQ ID NO: 1, the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1, or an RNA equivalent thereof. Such methods of showing genetic linkage analysis to human disease phenotypes are well known in the art. For reference to PCR based methods in diagnostics see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 199δ), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 199δ), and Meltzer (ed.), PCT? in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 19.98)). Mutations associated with the zacrp8 locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing standard methods for direct mutation analysis, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis, and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 708:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc. 1996), Elles (ed.) Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Landegren (ed.), Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection (Oxford University Press 1996), Birren et al. (eds.), Genome Analysis, Vol. 2: δ3
Detecting Genes (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 199δ), Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics (John Wiley & Sons 199δ), and Richards and Ward, "Molecular Diagnostic Testing," in Principles of Molecular Medicine, pages 83- 88 (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)). Direct analysis of a zacrpδ gene for a mutation can be performed using- a subject's genomic DNA. Methods for amplifying genomic DNA, obtained for example from peripheral blood lymphocytes, are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Dracopoli et a (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, at pages 7.1.6 to 7.1.7 (John Wiley & Sons 199δ)).
Use of Anti-Zacrpδ Antibodies to Detect Zacrpδ Protein The present invention contemplates the use of anti-zacrpδ antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of zacrpδ. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-zacrpδ antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of zacrpδ in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled zacrpδ and an anti-zacrpδ antibody under conditions that promote binding between zacrpδ and its antibody. Complexes of zacrpδ and anti-zacrpδ in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A. The concentration of zacrpδ in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled zacrpδ bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free labeled zacrpδ.
Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-zacrpδ antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
In another approach, anti-zacrpδ antibodies can be used to detect zacrpδ in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of zacrpδ and to determine the distribution of zacrpδ in the examined tissue. General immunochemistry techniques are well established (see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their Application," in Mammalian Development: A Practical Approach, Monk (ed.), pages 115-38 (IRL Press 1987), Coligan at pages 5.8.1-5.8.8, Ausubel (1995) at pages 14.6.1 to 14.6.13 (Wiley iterscience 1990), and Manson (ed.), Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol.10: Immunochemical Protocols (The Humana Press, h e. 1992)).
Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-zacrp8 antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule which binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-zacrp8 antibody. Alternatively, the anti-zacrp8 antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, an anti-zacrpδ antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-zacrpδ immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably- labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, 1251, 1311, 35S and 14C. Anti-zacrpδ immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
Alternatively, anti-zacrpδ immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester. δ5
Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-zacrp8 immunoconjugates of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is ' determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
Alternatively, anti-zacrpδ immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-zacrp8 antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-zacrp8-enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include β-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-zacrp8 antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art. Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et ah, Clin. Chim. Ada 70: 1 (1976), Schurs et ah, Clin. Chim. Acta 87:1 (1977), Shih et ah, Int'l J. Cancer 46:1101 (1990), Stein et ah, Cancer Res. 50:1330 (1990), and Coligan, supra. Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-zacrpδ antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et ah, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well-established. See, for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages lδ0-20δ, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc. 1996).
In a related approach, biotin- or FTTC-labeled zacrp8 can be used to identify cells that bind zacrpS. Such can binding can be detected, for example, using flow cytometry.
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for zacrpδ gene expression. Such kits comprise at least one container comprising an anti-zacrp8 antibody, or antibody fragment. A kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of zacrp8 antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that zacrpδ antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect zacrpS protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect zacrpδ. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
Use of zacrpδ polypeptides and polypeptides Zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists can be used to modulate energy balance in mammals or to protect endothelial cells from injury. With regard to modulating energy balance, zacrpδ polypeptides could find use to modulate cellular metabolic reactions. Such metabolic reactions include adipogenesis, gluconeogenesis, glycogenolysis, lipogenesis, glucose uptake, protein synthesis, thermogenesis, oxygen utilization and the like. Zacrpδ may also be evaluated for antimicrobial activity. Zacrpδ polypeptide may be used for surgical pretreatment to prevent injury due to ischemia and/or inflammation or in like procedures. Zacrpδ polypeptides may also find use as neurotransmitters or as modulators of neurotransmission. In this regard, zacrpδ polypeptides may find utility in modulating nutrient uptake, as demonstrated, for example, by 2-deoxy-glucose uptake in the brain or the like. δ7
Inflammation is a protective response by an organism to fend off an invading agent. Inflammation is a cascading event that involves many cellular and humoral mediators. On one hand, suppression of inflammatory responses can leave a host immunocompromised; however, if left unchecked, inflammation can lead to serious complications including chronic inflammatory diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease and the like), septic shock and multiple organ failure. Importantly, these diverse disease states share common inflammatory mediators. The collective diseases that are characterized by inflammation have a large impact on human morbidity and mortality. Therefore it is clear that anti- inflammatory antibodies and polypeptides, such as zacrpδ polypeptides (e.g., zacrpδ polypeptides, including homo- and hetero-trimers, hexamers, 9mers and 18mers and mixtures thereof), fragments thereof, fusion proteins) and antibodies thereto as described herein, could have crucial therapeutic potential for a vast number of human and animal diseases, from asthma and allergy to autoimmunity and septic shock. As such, use of anti-inflammatory zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention, for example, can be used therapeutically as zacrpδ agonists/antagonists, particularly in diseases such as arthritis, endotoxemia, inflammatory bowel disease, psoriasis, and related diseases.
7. Arthritis
Arthritis, including osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, arthritic joints as a result of injury, and the like, are common inflammatory conditions which would benefit from the therapeutic use of zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention. For example, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is a systemic disease that affects the entire body and is one of the most common forms of arthritis. It is characterized by the inflammation of the membrane lining the joint, which causes pain, stiffness, warmth, redness and swelling. Inflammatory cells release enzymes that may digest bone and cartilage. As a result of rheumatoid arthritis, the inflamed joint lining, the synovium, can invade and damage bone and cartilage leading to joint deterioration and severe pain amongst other physiologic effects. The involved joint can lose its shape and alignment, resulting in pain and loss of movement. δδ
Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is an immune-mediated disease particularly characterized by inflammation and subsequent tissue damage leading to severe disability and increased mortality. A variety of cytokines are produced locally in the rheumatoid joints. Numerous studies have demonstrated that IL-1 and TNF-alpha, two prototypic pro-inflammatory cytokines, play an important role in the mechanisms involved in synovial inflammation and in progressive joint destruction. Indeed, the administration of TNF-alpha and IL-1 inhibitors in patients with RA has led to a dramatic improvement of clinical and biological signs of inflammation and a reduction of radiological signs of bone erosion and cartilage destruction. However, despite these encouraging results, a significant percentage of patients do not respond to these agents, suggesting that other mediators are also involved in the pathophysiology of arthritis (Gabay, Expert. Opin. Biol. Ther. 2(2): 135-149, 2002). One of those mediators could be, for example, zacrpδ which could serve as a valuable therapeutic to reduce, modulate, or inhibit inflammation in rheumatoid arthritis, and other arthritic diseases. There are several animal models for rheumatoid arthritis known in the art. For example, in the collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) model, mice develop chronic inflammatory arthritis that closely resembles human rheumatoid arthritis. Since CIA shares similar immunological and pathological features with RA, this makes it an ideal model for screening potential human anti-inflammatory compounds. The CIA model is a well-known model in mice that depends on both an immune response, and an inflammatory response, in order to occur. The immune response comprises the interaction of B-cells and CD4+ T-cells in response to collagen, which is given as antigen, and leads to the production of anti-collagen antibodies. The inflammatory phase is the result of tissue responses from mediators of inflammation, as a consequence of some of these antibodies cross-reacting to the mouse's native collagen and activating the complement cascade. An advantage in using the CLA model is that the basic mechanisms of pathogenesis are known. The relevant T-cell and B-cell epitopes on type H collagen have been identified, and various immunological (e.g., delayed-type hypersensitivity and anti-collagen antibody) and inflammatory (e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and matrix -degrading enzymes) parameters relating to immune- mediated arthritis have been determined, and can thus be used to assess test compound efficacy in the CIA model (Wooley, Curr. Opin. Rheum. 3:407-20, 1999; Williams et al., Immunol. 89:9784-7δδ, 1992; Myers et al., Life Sci. 61:1861-78, 1997; and Wang et al., Immunol. 92:8955-959, 1995).
The administration of zacrpδ comprising polypeptides of the present invention to these CIA model mice can be used to evaluate the use of zacrpδ to ameliorate symptoms and alter the course of disease. As a molecule that modulates immune and inflammatory response, zacrpδ, may induce production of SAA, which is implicated in the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis, zacrpδ may reduce SAA activity in vitro and in vivo, the systemic or local administration of zacrpδ comprising polypeptides can potentially suppress the inflammatory response in RA and the like.
2. Endotoxemia
Endotoxemia is a severe condition commonly resulting from infectious agents such as bacteria and other infectious disease agents, sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, or in immunocompromised patients subjected to opportunistic infections, and the like. Therapeutically useful zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention could aid in preventing and treating endotoxemia, and to reduce inflammation and pathological effects of endotoxemia in humans and animals.
Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) induced endotoxemia engages many of the proinflammatory mediators that produce pathological effects in the infectious diseases and LPS induced endotoxemia in rodents is a widely used and acceptable model for studying the pharmacological effects of potential pro-inflammatory or immunomodulating agents. LPS, produced in gram-negative bacteria, is a major causative agent in the pathogenesis of septic shock (Glausner et al., Lancet 338:732, 1991). A shock-like state can indeed be induced experimentally by a single injection of LPS into animals. Molecules produced by cells responding to LPS can target pathogens directly or indirectly. Although these biological responses protect the host against invading pathogens, they may also cause harm. Thus, massive stimulation of innate immunity, occurring as a result of severe gram-negative bacterial infection, leads to excess production of cytokines and other molecules, and the development of a fatal syndrome, septic shock syndrome, which is characterized by fever, hypotension, disseminated intravascular coagulation, and multiple organ failure (Dumitru et al. Cell 703:1071-1083, 2000).
These toxic effects of LPS are mostly related to macrophage activation leading to the release of multiple inflammatory mediators. Among these mediators, TNF appears to play a crucial role, as indicated by the prevention of LPS toxicity by the administration of neutralizing anti-TNF antibodies (Beutler et al., Science 229:869, 1985). It is well established that lμg injection of E. coli LPS into a C57B1/6 mouse will result in significant increases in circulating IL-6, TNF-alpha, IL-1, and acute phase proteins (for example, SAA) approximately 2 hours post injection. The toxicity of LPS appears to be mediated by these cytokines as passive immunization against these mediators can result in decreased mortality (Beutler et al., Science 229:869, 1985). The potential immunointervention strategies for the prevention and/or treatment of septic shock include anti-TNF mAb, IL-1 receptor antagonist, L1F, IL-10, and G-CSF. Since LPS induces the production of pro-inflammatory factors possibly contributing to the pathology of endotoxemia, the neutralization of SAA or other pro-inflammatory factors by zacrpδ can be used to reduce the symptoms of endotoxemia, such as seen in endotoxic shock and the like.
3. Inflammatory Bowel Disease In the United States approximately 500,000 people suffer from
Inflammatory Bowel Disease (H3D) which can affect either colon and rectum (Ulcerative colitis) or both, small and large intestine (Crohn's Disease). The pathogenesis of these diseases is unclear, but they involve chronic inflammation of the affected tissues. Potential therapeutics include zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention which could serve as a valuable therapeutic to reduce inflammation and pathological effects in IBD and related diseases.
Ulcerative colitis (UC) is ah inflammatory disease of the large intestine, commonly called the colon, characterized by inflammation and ulceration of the mucosa or innermost lining of the colon. This inflammation causes the colon to empty frequently, resulting in diarrhea. Symptoms include loosening of the stool and associated abdominal cramping, fever and weight loss. Although the exact cause of UC is unknown, recent research suggests that the body's natural defenses are operating against proteins in the body which the body thinks are foreign (an "autoimmune reaction"). Perhaps because they resemble bacterial proteins in the gut, these proteins may either instigate or stimulate the inflammatory process that begins to destroy the lining of the colon. As the lining of the colon is destroyed, ulcers form releasing mucus, pus and blood. The disease usually begins in the rectal area and may eventually extend through the entire large bowel. Repeated episodes of inflammation lead to thickening of the wall of the intestine and rectum with scar tissue. Death of colon tissue or sepsis may occur with severe disease. The symptoms of ulcerative colitis vary in severity and their onset may be gradual or sudden. Attacks may be provoked by many factors, including respiratory infections or stress.
Although there is currently no cure for UC available, treatments are focused on suppressing the abnormal inflammatory process in the colon lining. Treatments including corticosteroids immunosuppressives (e.g., azathioprine, mercaptopurine, and methotrexate) and aminosalicytates are available to treat the disease. However, the long-term use of immunosuppressives such as corticosteroids and azathioprine can result in serious side effects including thinning of bones, cataracts, infection, and liver and bone marrow effects. In the patients in whom current therapies are not successful, surgery is an option. The surgery involves the removal of the entire colon and the rectum.
There are several animal models that can partially mimic chronic ulcerative colitis. The most widely used model is the 2,4,6-trinitrobenesulfonic acid/ethanol (TNBS) induced colitis model, which induces chronic inflammation and ulceration in the colon. When TNBS is introduced into the colon of susceptible mice via intra-rectal instillation, it induces T-cell mediated immune response in the colonic mucosa, in this case leading to a massive mucosal inflammation characterized by the dense infiltration of T-cells and macrophages throughout the entire wall of the large bowel. Moreover, this histopathologic picture is accompanies by the clinical picture of progressive weight loss (wasting), bloody diarrhea, rectal prolapse, and large bowel wall thickening (Neurath et al. Intern. Rev. Immunol. 19:51-62, 2000). Another colitis model uses dextran sulfate sodium (DSS), which induces an acute colitis manifested by bloody diarrhea, weight loss, shortening of the colon and mucosal ulceration with neutrophil infiltration. DSS-induced colitis is characterized histologically by infiltration of inflammatory cells into the lamina propria, with lymphoid hyperplasia, focal crypt damage, and epithelial ulceration. These changes are thought to develop due to a toxic effect of DSS on the epithelium and by phagocytosis of lamina propria cells and production of TNF-alpha and IFN-gamma. Despite its common use, several issues regarding the mechanisms of DSS about the relevance to the human disease remain unresolved. DSS is regarded as a T cell-independent model because it is observed in T cell-deficient animals such as SOD mice.
The administration of zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention, such as, for instance, homo and/or heterotrimers, homo and/or heterohexamers, homo and/or heteiTδmers and mixtures thereof, fusion proteins, and fragments thereof, to these TNBS or DSS models can be used to evaluate the use of zacrpδ to ameliorate symptoms and alter the course of gastrointestinal disease. Zacrpδ may play a neutralizing role in the inflammatory response in colitis, and the administration of zacrpδ is a potential therapeutic approach for IBD, and other like inflammatory diseases.
4. Psoriasis
Psoriasis is a chronic skin condition that affects more than seven million Americans. Psoriasis occurs when new skin cells grow abnormally, resulting in inflamed, swollen, and scaly patches of skin where the old skin has not shed quickly enough. Plaque psoriasis, the most common form, is characterized by inflamed patches of skin ("lesions") topped with silvery white scales. Psoriasis may be limited to a few plaques or involve moderate to extensive areas of skin, appearing most commonly on the scalp, knees, elbows and trunk. Although it is highly visible, psoriasis is not a contagious disease. The pathogenesis of the diseases involves chronic inflammation of the affected tissues. Zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention could serve as a valuable therapeutic to reduce inflammation and pathological effects in psoriasis, other inflammatory skin diseases, skin and mucosal allergies, and related diseases. To test the effectiveness of a zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention in treating psoriasis and postular psoriasis, animal models are discussed in Mizutani, H., et al., Arch Dermatol Res 2003 Apr;295 Suppl l:S67-δ, and Pol, A., et al., Skin Pharmacol Appl Skin Physiol 2002 Jul-Aug;75(4):252-61. Psoriasis is a T-cell mediated inflammatory disorder of the skin that can cause considerable discomfort. It is a disease for which there is no cure and affects people of all ages. Psoriasis affects approximately two percent of the populations of European and North America. Although individuals with mild psoriasis can often control their disease with topical agents, more than one million patients worldwide require ultraviolet or systemic immunosuppressive therapy. Unfortunately, the inconvenience and risks of ultraviolet radiation and the toxicities of many therapies limit their long-term use. Moreover, patients usually have recurrence of psoriasis, and in some cases rebound, shortly after stopping immunosuppressive therapy.
Among other methods known in the art or described herein, mammalian energy balance may be evaluated by monitoring one or more of the following metabolic functions: adipogenesis, gluconeogenesis, glycogenolysis, lipogenesis, glucose uptake, protein synthesis, thermogenesis, oxygen utilization or the like. These metabolic functions are monitored by techniques (assays or animal models) known to one of ordinary skill in the art, as is more fully set forth below. For example, the glucoregulatory effects of insulin are predominantly exerted in the liver, skeletal muscle and adipose tissue. Insulin binds to its cellular receptor in these three tissues and initiates tissue-specific actions that result in, for example, the inhibition of glucose production and the stimulation of glucose utilization. In the liver, insulin stimulates glucose uptake and inhibits gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis. In skeletal muscle and adipose tissue, insulin acts to stimulate the uptake, storage and utilization of glucose.
Art-recognized methods exist for monitoring all of the metabolic functions recited above. Thus, one of ordinary skill in the art is able to evaluate zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists and antagonists for metabolic modulating functions. Exemplary modulating techniques are set forth below. Adipogenesis, gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis are interrelated components of mammalian energy balance, which may be evaluated by known techniques using, for example, ob/ob mice or db/db mice. The ob/ob mice are inbred mice that are homozygous for an inactivating mutation at the ob (obese) locus. Such ob/ob mice are hyperphagic and hypometabolic, and are believed to be deficient in production of circulating OB protein. The db/db mice axe. inbred mice that are homozygous for an inactivating mutation at the db (diabetes) locus. The db/db mice display a phenotype similar to that of ob/ob mice, except db/db mice also display a diabetic phenotype. Such db/db mice are believed to be resistant to the effects of circulating OB protein. Also, various in vitro methods of assessing these parameters are known in the art. Insulin-stimulated lipogenesis, for example, may be monitored by
14 measuring the incorporation of C-acetate into triglyceride (Mackall et al. J. Biol. Chem. 257:6462-4, 1976) or triglyceride accumulation (Kletzien et al., Mol. Pharmacol 47:393-8, 1992).
Glucose uptake may be evaluated, for example, in an assay for insulin- stimulated glucose transport. Non-transfected, differentiated L6 myotubes (maintained in the absence of G41δ) are placed in DMEM containing 1 g/1 glucose, 0.5 or 1.0% BSA, 20 mM Hepes, and 2 mM glutamine. After two to five hours of culture, the medium is replaced with fresh, glucose-free DMEM containing 0.5 or 1.0% BSA, 20 mM Hepes, 1 mM pyruvate, and 2 mM glutamine. Appropriate concentrations of insulin or IGF-1, or a dilution series of the test substance, are added, and the cells are incubated for 20-30 minutes. 3JJ or 14c-labeled deoxyglucose is added to approximately 50 1M final concentration, and the cells are incubated for approximately 10-30 minutes. The cells are then quickly rinsed with cold buffer (e.g. PBS), then lysed with a suitable lysing agent (e.g., 1% SDS or 1 N NaOH). The cell lysate is then evaluated by counting in a scintillation counter. Cell-associated radioactivity is taken as a measure of glucose transport after subtracting non-specific binding as determined by incubating cells in the presence of cytocholasin b, an inhibitor of glucose transport. Other methods include those described by, for example, Manchester et al., Am. J. Physiol. 266 (Endocrinol. Metab. 29) :E326-E333, 1994 (insulin-stimulated glucose transport). Protein synthesis may be evaluated, for example, by comparing precipitation of S-methionine-labeled proteins following incubation of the test cells with 35S-methionine and 35S-methionine and a putative modulator of protein synthesis. Thermogenesis may be evaluated as described by B. Stanley in The Biology of Neuropeptide Y and Related Peptides, W. Colmers and C. Wahlestedt (eds.), Humana Press, Ottawa, 1993, pp. 457-509; C. Billington et al., Am. J. Physiol 260.R321, 1991; N. Zarjevski et al., Endocrinology 733:1753, 1993; C. Billington et al., Am. J. Physiol 266:R1765, 1994; Heller et al, Am. J. Physiol 252(4 Pt2): R661-7, 19δ7; and Heller et al., Am. J. Physiol. 245: R321-δ, 1983. Also, metabolic rate, which may be measured by a variety of techniques, is an indirect measurement of thermogenesis.
Oxygen utilization may be evaluated as described by Heller et al., Pflugers Arch 369: 55-9, 1977. This method also involved an analysis of hypothalmic temperature and metabolic heat production. Oxygen utilization and thermoregulation have also been evaluated in humans as described by Haskell et al., J. Appl Physiol. 51: 948-54, 1981.
Among other , methods known in the art or described herein, neurotransmission functions may be evaluated by monitoring 2-deoxy-glucose uptake in the brain. This parameter is monitored by techniques (assays or animal models) known to one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, autoradiography. Useful monitoring techniques are described, for example, by Kilduff et al., J. Neurosci. 10: 2463-75, 1990, with related techniques used to evaluate the "hibernating heart" as described in Gerber et al. Circulation 94: 651-δ, 1996, and Fallavollita et al., Circulation 95: 1900-9, 1997.
In addition, zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions agonists or antagonists thereof may be therapeutically useful for anti-microbial applications. For example, complement component Clq plays a role in host defense against infectious agents, such as bacteria and viruses. Clq is known to exhibit several specialized functions. For example, Clq triggers the complement cascade via interaction with bound antibody or C-reactive protein (CRP). Also, Clq interacts directly with certain bacteria, RNA viruses, mycoplasma, uric acid crystals, the lipid A component of bacterial endotoxin and membranes of certain intracellular organelles. Clq binding to the Clq receptor is believed to promote phagocytosis. Clq also appears to enhance the antibody formation aspect of the host defense system. See, for example, Johnston, Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 12(11): 933-41, 1993. Thus, soluble Clq-like molecules may be useful as anti-microbial agents, promoting lysis or phagocytosis of infectious agents. The collagenous domains of proteins such as Clq and macrophage scavenger receptor are know to bind acidic phospholipids such as LPA. The interaction of zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists with mitogenic anions such as LPA can be determined using assays known in the art, see for example, Acton et al., ibid. Inhibition of inflammatory processes by polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention would also be useful in preventing infection at the wound site, such as a burn.
Anti-microbial protective agents may be directly acting or indirectly acting. Such agents operating via membrane association or pore forming mechanisms of action directly attach to the offending microbe. Anti-microbial agents can also act via an enzymatic mechanism, breaking down microbial protective substances or the cell wall/membrane thereof. Anti-microbial agents, capable of inhibiting microorganism proliferation or action or of disrupting microorganism integrity by either mechanism set forth above, are useful in methods for preventing contamination in cell culture by microbes susceptible to that anti-microbial activity. Such techniques involve culturing cells in the presence of an effective amount of said zacrpδ polypeptide or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
Also, zacrpδ polypeptides or agonists thereof may be used as cell culture reagents in in vitro studies of exogenous microorganism infection, such as bacterial, viral or fungal infection. Such moieties may also be used in in vivo animal models of infection.
Zacrpδ fragments as well as zacrpδ polypeptides, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists or antibodies may be evaluated with respect to their anti-microbial properties according to procedures known in the art. See, for example, Barsum et al., Eur. Respir. J. δ(5): 709-14, 1995; Sandovsky-Losica et al., J. Med. Vet. Mycol (England) 28(4): 219-81, 1990; Mehentee et al., J. Gen. Microbiol (England) 135 (Pt. 8): 2181-8, 1989; Segal and Savage, /. Med. Vet. Mycol. 24: 411-9, 1986 and the like. If desired, the performance of zacrpδ in this regard can be compared to proteins known to be functional in this regard, such as proline-rich proteins, lysozyme, histatins, lactoperoxidase or the like. In addition, zacrpδ fragments, polypeptides, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists or antibodies may be evaluated in combination with one or more anti-microbial agents to identify synergistic effects. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the anti-microbial properties of zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists and antibodies may be similarly evaluated.
As neurotransmitters or neurotransmission modulators, zacrpδ polypeptide fragments as well as zacrpδ polypeptides, fusion proteins, agonists, antagonists or antibodies of the present invention may also modulate calcium ion concentration, muscle contraction, hormone secretion, DNA synthesis or cell growth, inositol phosphate turnover, arachidonate release, phospholipase-C activation, gastric emptying, human neutrophil activation or ADCC capability, superoxide anion production and the like. Evaluation of these properties can be conducted by known methods, such as those set forth herein.
The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, antibody, agonist or antagonist on intracellular calcium level may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like. The impact of zacrp8 polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on muscle contraction may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Smits & Lebebvre, J. Auton. Pharmacol 14: 383-92, 1994, Belloli et al., J. Vet. Pharmacol. Therap. 17: 379-83, 1994, Maggi et al., Regulatory Peptides 53: 259-74, 1994, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on hormone secretion may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those for prolactin release described by Henriksen et al., J. Recep. Sig. Transd. Res. 15(1-4): 529-41, 1995, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on DNA synthesis or cell growth may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on inositol phosphate turnover may be assessed by 9δ
methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like.
Also, the impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on arachidonate release may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on phospholipase-C activation may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Dobrzanski et al., Regulatory Peptides 45: 341-52, 1993, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on gastric emptying may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Varga et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol 2δ6: 109-112, 1995, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on human neutrophil activation and ADCC capability may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Wozniak et al., Immunology 7δ: 629-34, 1993, and the like. The impact of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragment, fusion, agonist or antagonist on superoxide anion production may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described by Wozniak et al., Immunology 7δ: 629-34, 1993, and the like.
The effect of zacrpδ on expression of cell surface adhesion molecules such as E-selectin (endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule), V-CAM (vascular cell adhesion molecule), and I-CAM (intercellular adhesion molecule) can be measured using microvascular bone marrow cells (TRBMEC) in a cell ELISA according to Ouchi et al., (Circulation 700:2473-7, 1999). This activity can be compared to the stimulation from inflammatory cytokines such as TNF (tumor necrosis factor). A THP-1 monocyte adherence assay according to Ouchi et al., (ibid.) and Cybulsky and Gimbrone, (Science 257:7δ8-91, 1991) may be used to measure zacrpδ activity as well.
Collagen is a potent inducer of platelet aggregation. Platelets interact with damaged vessel walls to form a thrombus. The degree of response is graded due to the subendothelium tissue exposed and the blood flow in the injured area. This poses risks to patients recovering from vascular injures. Inhibitors of collagen-induced platelet aggregation would be useful for blocking the binding of platelets to collagen- coated surfaces and reducing associated collagen-induced platelet aggregation. Clq is a component of the complement pathway and has been found to stimulate defense mechanisms as well as trigger the generation of toxic oxygen species that can cause tissue damage (Tenner, Behring hist. Mitt. 93:241-53, 1993). Clq binding sites are found on platelets. Clq, independent of an immune binding partner, has been found to inhibit platelet aggregation but not platelet adhesion or shape change. The amino terminal region of Clq shares homology with collagen (Peerschke and Ghebrehiwet, J. Immunol. 745:2984-δδ, 1990). Inhibition of Clq and the complement pathway can be determined using methods disclosed herein or know in the art, such as described in Suba and Csako, J. Immunol. 777:304-9, 1976. In this regard, zacrpδ polypeptides would be useful in modulating hemostasis, increasing blood flow flowing vascular injury and pacifying collagenous surfaces.
The activity of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists on collagen-mediated platelet adhesion, activation and aggregation may be measured using methods described herein or known in the art, such as the platelet aggregation assay (Chiang et al., Thrombosis Res. 37:605-12, 19δ5) and platelet adhesion assays (Peerschke and Ghebrehiwet, J. Immunol. 144:221-25, 1990). Assays for platelet adhesion to collagen and inhibition of collagen-induced platelet aggregation can be measured using methods described in Keller et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:5450-6, 1993; Waxman and Connolly, J. Biol Chem. 268:5445-9, 1993; Noeske-Jungblut et al., J. Biol Chem. 269:5050-3 or 1994 Deckmyn et al., Blood 85:712-9, 1995.
Zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists of the present invention can be used in methods for promoting blood flow within the vasculature of a mammal by reducing the number of platelets that adhere and are activated and the size of platelet aggregates. Such methods would comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists to a mammal in need of such treatment, whereby zacrpδ reduces thrombogenic and complement activity within the vasculature of the mammal. Zacrp8 polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists used in such methods can be administered prior to, during or following an acute vascular injury in the mammal. In one such method, the vascular injury is due to vascular reconstruction, including but not limited to, angioplasty, endarterectomy, coronary artery bypass graft, microvascular repair or anastomosis of a vascular graft. Also contemplated are vascular injuries due to trauma, stroke or aneurysm. In other preferred methods the vascular injury is due to plaque rupture, degradation of the vasculature, complications associated with diabetes and atherosclerosis. Plaque rupture in the coronary artery induces heart attack and in the cerebral artery induces stroke. Use of zacrp8 polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists in such methods would also be useful for ameliorating whole system diseases of the vasculature associated with the immune system, such as disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) and SIDs. Additionally the complement inhibiting activity would be useful for treating non- vasculature immune diseases such as arteriolosclerosis.
A correlation has been found between the presence of Clq in localized ischemic myocardium and the accumulation of leukocytes following coronary occlusion and reperfusion. Release of cellular components following tissue damage triggers complement activation which results in toxic oxygen products that may be the primary cause of myocardial damage (Rossen et al., Circ. Res. 62:512-84, 1998 and Tenner, ibid.). Blocking the complement pathway was found to protect ischemic myocardium from reperfusion injury (Buerke et al., J. Pharm. Exp. Ηierp. 286:429-38, 199δ). The complement inhibition and Clq binding activity of zacrpδ polypeptides would be useful for such purposes.
The activity of zacrpδ polypeptide, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists on vasodilation of aortic rings can be measured according to the methods of Dainty et al., J. Pharmacol. 100:161, 1990 and Rhee et al., Neurotox. 76:179, 1995. Various in vitro and in vivo models are available for measuring the effect of zacrp8 polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists and antagonists on ischemia and reperfusion injury. See for example, Shandelya et al., Circulation 88:2δl2-26, 1993; Weisman et al, Science 249:146-151, 1991; Buerke et al., Circulation 97:393-402, 1995; Horstick et al, Circulation 95:701-8, 1997 and Burke et al., J. Phar. Exp. Therp. 286:429-3δ, 199δ. An ex vivo hamster platelet aggregation assay is described by Deckmyn et al., ibid. Bleeding times in hamsters and baboons can be measured following injection of zacrpδ polypeptides using the model described by Deckmyn et al., ibid. The formation of thrombus in response to administration of proteins of the present invention can be measured using the hamster femoral vein thrombosis model is provided by Deckmyn et al., ibid. Changes in platelet adhesion under flow conditions following administration of zacrpδ can be measured using the method described in Harsfalvi et al., Blood 85:705-11, 1995.
Complement inhibition and wound healing activity of zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists can be assayed alone or in combination with other know inhibitors of collagen-induced platelet activation and aggregation, such as palldipin, moubatin or calin, for example.
Zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists can be evaluated using methods described herein or known in the art, such as healing of dermal layers in pigs (Lynch et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA S4: 7696- 700, 19δ7) and full-thickness skin wounds in genetically diabetic mice (Greenhalgh et al., Am. J. Pathol 136: 1235-46, 1990), for example. The polypeptides of the present invention can be assayed alone or in combination with other known complement inhibitors as described above.
Proteins that bind collagen are useful to pacify damaged collagenous tissues preventing platelet adhesion, activation or aggregation, and the activation of inflammatory processes which lead to the release of toxic oxygen products. By rendering the exposed tissue inert towards such processes as complement activity, thrombotic activity and immune activation, zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists would be useful in reducing the injurious effects of ischemia and reperfusion. In particular, such injuries would include trauma injury ischemia, intestinal strangulation, and injury associated with pre- and post- establishment of blood flow. Zacrpδ would be Useful in the treatment of cardiopulmonary bypass ischemia and recesitation, myocardial infarction and post trauma vasospasm, such as stroke or percutanious transluminal angioplasty as well as accidental or surgical-induced vascular trauma. Zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, antibodies, agonists or antagonists would also be useful to pacify prosthetic biomaterials and surgical equipment to render the surface of the materials inert towards complement activation, thrombotic activity or immune activation. Such materials include, but are not limited to, collagen or collagen fragment-coated biomaterials, gelatin-coated biomaterials, fibrin-coated biomaterials, fibronectin-coated biomaterials, heparin-coated biomaterials, collagen and gel-coated stents, arterial grafts, synthetic heart valves, artificial organs or any prosthetic application exposed to blood that will bind zacrpδ at greater than 1 x 10 . Coating such materials can be done using methods known in the art, see for example, Rubens, US Patent No. 5,272,074.
Complement and Clq play a role in inflammation. The complement activation is initiated by binding of Clq to immunoglobulins (Johnston, Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 72:933-41, 1993; Ward and Ghetie, Therap. Immunol. 2:77-94, 1995). Inhibitors of Clq and complement would be useful as anti-inflammatory agents. Such application can be made to prevent infection. Additionally, such inhibitors can be administrated to an individual suffering from inflammation mediated by complement activation and binding of immune complexes to Clq. Zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusion proteins, antibodies, agonists or antagonists would be useful in methods of mediating wound repair, enhancing progression in wound healing by overcoming impaired wound healing. Progression in wound healing (see, for example, Example 5) would include, for example, such elements as a reduction in inflammation, fibroblasts recruitment, wound retraction and reduction in infection.
Ability of tumor cells to bind to collagen may contribute to the metastasis of tumors. Inhibitors of collagen binding are also useful for mediating the adhesive interactions and metastatic spread of tumors (Noeske-Jungbult et al., US Patent No. 5,723,312). In addition, the ability of zacrpδ to mediate, disrupt or modify the interaction of a cell and with its extracellular matrix may contribute to the metastasis of tumors. Thus, for example, zacrpδ antagonists or inhibitors may be able to reduce or prevent tumor cell metastasis.
Moreover, the activity and effect of zacrpδ on tumor progression and metastasis can be measured in vivo. Several syngeneic mouse models have been developed to study the influence of polypeptides, compounds or other treatments on tumor progression. In these models, tumor cells passaged in culture are implanted into mice of the same strain as the tumor donor. The cells will develop into tumors having similar characteristics in the recipient mice, and metastasis will also occur in some of the models. Appropriate tumor models for our studies include the Lewis lung carcinoma (ATCC No. CRL-1642) and B16 melanoma (ATCC No. CRL-6323), amongst others. These are both commonly used tumor lines, syngeneic to the C57BL6/J mouse, that are readily cultured and manipulated in vitro. Tumors resulting from implantation of either of these cell lines are capable of metastasis to the lung in C57BL6/J mice. The Lewis lung carcinoma model has recently been used in mice to identify an inhibitor of angiogenesis (O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79: 315-32δ, 1994). C57BL6/J mice are treated with an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one time injection of recombinant adenovirus. Three days following this treatment, 105 to 106 cells are implanted under the dorsal skin. Alternatively, the cells themselves may be infected with recombinant adenovirus, such as one expressing zacrpδ, before implantation so that the protein is synthesized at the tumor site or intracellularly, rather than systemically. The mice normally develop visible tumors within 5 days. The tumors are allowed to grow for a period of up to 3 weeks, during which time they may reach a size of 1500 - lδ00 mm3 in the control treated group. Tumor size and body weight are carefully monitored throughout the experiment. At the time of sacrifice, the tumor is removed and weighed along with the lungs and the liver. The lung weight has been shown to correlate well with metastatic tumor burden. As an additional measure, lung surface metastases are counted. The resected tumor, lungs and liver are prepared for histopathological examination, immunohistochemistry, and in situ hybridization, using methods known in the art and described herein. The influence of the expressed polypeptide in question, e.g., zacrpδ, on the ability of the tumor to recruit vasculature and undergo metastasis can thus be assessed. In addition, aside from using adenovirus, the implanted cells can be transiently transfected with zacrpδ. Use of stable zacrpδ transfectants as well as use of induceable promoters to activate zacrp8 expression in vivo are known in the art and can be used in this system to assess zacrpδ induction of metastasis. Moreover, purified zacrpδ or zacrpδ conditioned media can be directly injected in to this mouse model, and hence be used in this system. For general reference see, O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79:315-32δ, 1994; and Rusciano D, et al. Murine Models of Liver Metastasis. Invasion Metastasis 74:349-361, 1995.
Zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention and/or zacrpδ antibodies will be useful in treating tumorgenesis, and therefore would be useful in the treatment of cancer. Zacrpδ binds monocytes as shown herein and promotes, enhance,s and/or facilitates keratinocyte migration. Over stimulation of activated T-cells, monocytes and macrophages by zacrpδ could result in a human disease state such as, for instance, an immune cell cancer or other cancers. As such, zacrpδ polypeptides of the present invention can serve as a diagnostic, and can serve as antagonists of tumor cell proliferative and/or metastatic activity. A zacrpδ polypeptide could be administered in combination with other agents already in use including both conventional chemotherapeutic agents as well as immune modulators such as interferon alpha. Alpha/beta interferons have been shown to be effective in treating some leukemias and animal disease models, and the growth inhibitory effects of interferon-alpha and zacrpδ may be additive.
Zacrpδ may also be involved in the development of cancer. Thus, it may be useful to treat tumors, e.g., tumors of epithelial origin, with a zacrp8 polypeptide of the present invention or a zacrpδ antibody which include, but are not limited to, carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, and melanomas. Notwithstanding, zacrpδ polypeptide of the present invention or a zacrpδ antagonist may be used to treat a cancer, or reduce one or more symptoms of a cancer, including but not limited to squamous cell or epidermoid carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, papillary carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, malignant mixed tumor of salivary gland origin, Wilms' tumor, immature teratoma, teratocarcinoma, and other tumors comprising at least some cells of epithelial origin.
Platelet adhesion, activation and aggregation can be evaluated using methods described herein or known in the art, such as the platelet aggregation assay (Chiang et al., Thrombosis Res. 37:605-12, 19δ5) and platelet adhesion assays (Peerschke and Ghebrehiwet, /. Immunol. 744:221-25, 1990). Inhibition of Clq and the complement pathway can be determined using methods disclosed herein or know in the art, such as described in Suba and Csako, J. Immunol. 777:304-9, 1976. Assays for platelet adhesion to collagen and inhibition of collagen-induced platelet aggregation can be measured using methods described in Keller et al., J. Biol Chem. 268:5450-6, 1993; Waxman and Connolly, J. Biol. Chem. 268:5445-9, 1993; Noeske-Jungblut et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:5050-3 or 1994 Deckmyn et al., Blood 85:712-9, 1995.
The positively charged, extracellular, triple helix, collagenous domains of Clq and macrophage scavenger receptor were determined to play a role in ligand binding and were shown to have a broad binding specificity for polyanions (Acton et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:3530-37, 1993). Lysophospholipid growth factor (lysophosphatidic acid, LPA) and other mitogenic anions localize at the site of damaged tissues and assist in wound repair. LPA exerts many biological effects including activation of platelets and up-regulation of matrix assembly. It is thought that LPA synergizes with other blood coagulation factors and mediates wound healing. Like other members of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins, zacrpδ polypeptides, fragments, fusions, agonists or antagonists can also be used to effect the decision of a particular tissue to initiate or terminate tissue remodeling, e.g., tissue necrosis factor, acrp30, and zsig37. Tissue remodeling may be initiated by many factors including physical injury, cytotoxic injury, metabolic stress, or developmental stimuli. Tissue remodeling involves the generation and destruction of tissue, which requires, for instance, constant reorganization and restructuring of the extracellular matrix including interstitial collagens, basement membrane collagen, fibronectin, laminin, aggrecan, and various proteoglycans. Heinegard et al., FASEB J., 3:2042-2051 (19δ9); and Woessner, FASEB J., 5:2145-2154 (1991). Normal types of remodeling processes include embryonic development, post-partum involution of the uterus, ovulation, would healing (e.g., scars and burns), and bone and growth plate remodeling. Woessner et al., Steroids, 54:491-499 (1989); Weeks et al., Biochim Biophys Acta, 445:205-214 (1976); Lepage and Gache, EMBO J., 9:3003-3012 (1990); and Wride et al., Dev-Dyn, 19δ(3):225-239 (1993). Similar processes also occur in disease states such as joint destruction in rheumatoid and osteoarthritis, periodontia and tumor cell metastasis. Thompson et al., J. Bone Joint Surg., 61:407-416 (1979); Reynolds et al., Adv-Dent-Res., S(2):312-319 (1994). One example of these processes is the migration of macrophages to the site of inflammation as in the case of synovial tissue in rheumatoid arthritis. Cutolo et al., Clin. and Exper. Rheum., 77:331-339 (1993). The extracellular matrix components are regulated, in both normal and pathological states, by various exogenous and endogenous factors. The difference between pathology and normal healing must be a finely tuned process, and may be modulated in party by the interaction of stimulated cells with the extracellular matrix environment as well as the local solvent. The adipocyte complement related family of proteins appear to act at the interface extracellular matrix and cells (Fig. 1), e.g., zsig37 binds specific collagen types and also platelets (Sheppard, P., WO 99/04000; and Bishop et al., WO 00/4δ625).
The phenotypic manifestation of many auto-immune and remodeling related diseases is extensive activation of inflammatory and/or tissue remodeling processes. The result is often that the functional organ or sub-organ tissue is replaced by a variety of extracellular matrix components incapable or performing the function of the replaced biological structure. Without being limited to a theory, the initiation events in these diseases may involve an injury or an initial perturbation of the optimal biological structure regulation. For example, acrp30, a member of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins, is expressed only in actively proliferating adipose tissue. Connective tissue remodeling is tightly linked to this activation of fat cells. Thus, there is clearly a link between excessive weight gain (fat) and diabetes, perhaps acrp30 and other members of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins including zacrpδ, are involved in fat remodeling. In addition, this fat remodeling process is perhaps overtaxed in obese individuals. Consequently, without being limited, it is the effects of improper and inadequate fat storage that contribute to the onset of Type II diabetes (Non-Insulin Dependent Diabetes Mellitus). The genomic locus where zacrpδ is located is associated with with Type II diabetes (Watanabe et al., Am J Hum. Genet. 2000 Nov;67(5):llδ6-1200). A further example is the excessive plaque formation in arterial sclerosis and arterial injury, which may result in arterial occlusion. Without being limited, this vascular disease state may result from or be significantly impacted by excessive and/or inappropriate arterial remodeling. Treatment of a vascular injury (and underlying extracellular matrix) with zsig37, and perhaps zacrpδ, seems to alter the process of vascular remodeling at a very early stage (Bishop et al., WO 00/48625). Without being limited, a skilled artisan can hypothesize that treatment with zsig37 keeps platelets relatively quiescent after injury, and thus excessive recruitment of pro-remodeling and proinflammatory proteins and cells never occurs. Other members of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins, e.g., zacrp8, may modulate remodeling induced by the presence of, for instance, fat or cholesterol. Excessive amounts of cholesterol and fat in the blood may activate remodeling, in the absence of zacrpδ. Interestingly, the intracellular components are sometimes found as auto- antigens indicative of particular diseases. Without being limited to a theory, the immune system's production of antibody, after excessive exposure to these intracellular proteins, is perhaps a result of excessive or improper remodeling. Thus, in addition to targeting the immune system, auto-antigens may be further limited by targeting the remodeling process. For example, auto-antigens diagnostic of scleroderma are cytoplasmic proteins to one of skill in the art. Without being limited, antibodies to these proteins are raised in response to non-specific inflammation induced by improper or incomplete local tissue repair mediated at least in part by zacrpδ. A further example is inflammation present in arthritis. It is likely that arthritis is caused by an ongoing auto-antigen response. However, this may not be the underlying initiating event causing the disease state. Without being limited, an improper remodeling response to connective tissue or muscle injury in the joints, which results in sensitivity to excessive release of cellular components at the site of the injury, is perhaps the root cause or significant factor in the development of the disease state.
Tlierapeutic Uses of Polypeptides Having zacrpδ Activity
The present invention includes the use of proteins, polypeptides, and peptides having zacrpδ activity (such as zacrpδ polypeptides, anti-idiotype anti-zacrpδ antibodies, and zacrpδ fusion proteins) to a subject in need of a zacrpδ protein. Generally, the dosage of administered zacrpδ polypeptide of the present invention will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, lOδ
sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of zacrpδ polypeptide which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. One skilled in the art can readily determine such dosages, and adjustments thereto, using methods known in the art.
Administration of a zacrpδ polypeptide to a subject can be topical, inhalant, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection. When administering therapeutic proteins by injection, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. One form of administration is made at or near the site of vascular injury.
Additional routes of administration include oral, mucosal-membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous. Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid- based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-2δδ (Plenum Press 1997)). The feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Hlum, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:199 (1999)). Dry or liquid particles comprising zacrpδ can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers (e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 76:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)). This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a hand-held electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs. Studies have shown that proteins as large as 48,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of trascutaneous administration (Mitragotri et ah, Science 269:850 (1995)). Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer a molecule having zacrpδ binding activity (Potts et ah, Pharni. Biotechnoh 70:213 (1997)). A pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having zacrpδ binding activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995). For purposes of therapy, molecules having zacrpδ activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having zacrpδ activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. For example, an agent used to treat inflammation is physiologically significant if its presence alleviates at least a portion of the inflammatory response.
A pharmaceutical composition comprising zacrpδ polypeptide of the present invention can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Liquid forms, are illustrated by injectable solutions, aerosols, droplets, topological solutions and oral suspensions. Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controUed-release forms. The latter form is illustrated by miniosmotic pumps and implants (Bremer et ah, Pharm. Biotechnoh 10:239 (1997); Ranade, "Implants in Drug Delivery," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 95-123 (CRC Press 1995); Bremer et ah, "Protein Delivery with Infusion Pumps," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 239-254 (Plenum Press 1997); Yewey et ah, "Delivery of Proteins from a Controlled Release Injectable Implant," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 93- 117 (Plenum Press 1997)). Other solid forms include creams, pastes, other topological applications, and the like. Liposomes provide one means to deliver therapeutic polypeptides to a subject intravenously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, or via oral administration, inhalation, or intranasal administration. Liposomes are microscopic vesicles that consist of one or more lipid bilayers surrounding aqueous compartments (see, generally, Bakker-Woudenberg et ah, Eur. J. Clin. Microbioh Infect. Dis. 12 (Suppl. 1):S61 (1993), Kim, Drugs 46:618 (1993), and Ranade, "Site- Specific Drug Delivery Using Liposomes as Carriers," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 3-24 (CRC Press 1995)). Liposomes are similar in composition to cellular membranes and as a result, liposomes can be administered safely and are biodegradable. Depending on the method of preparation, liposomes may be unilamellar or multilamellar, and liposomes can vary in size with diameters ranging from 0.02 μm to greater than 10 μm. A variety of agents can be encapsulated in liposomes: hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers and hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s) (see, for example, Machy et ah, Liposomes In Cell Biology And Pharmacology (John Libbey 19δ7), and Ostro et ah, American J. Hosp. Pharm. 46:1576 (19δ9)). Moreover, it is possible to control the therapeutic availability of the encapsulated agent by varying liposome size, the number of bilayers, lipid composition, as well as the charge and surface characteristics of the liposomes.
Liposomes can adsorb to virtually any type of cell and then slowly release the encapsulated agent. Alternatively, an absorbed liposome may be endocytosed by cells that are phagocytic. Endocytosis is followed by intralysosomal degradation of liposomal lipids and release of the encapsulated agents (Scherphof et ah, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 446:368 (19δ5)). After intravenous administration, small liposomes (0.1 to 1.0 μm) are typically taken up by cells of the reticuloendothelial system, located principally in the liver and spleen, whereas liposomes larger than 3.0 μm are deposited in the lung. This preferential uptake of smaller liposomes by the cells of the reticuloendothelial system has been used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to macrophages and to tumors of the liver.
The reticuloendothelial system can be circumvented by several methods including saturation with large doses of liposome particles, or selective macrophage inactivation by pharmacological means (Claassen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 802:42δ (1984)). In addition, incorporation of glycolipid- or polyethelene glycol- derivatized phospholipids into liposome membranes has been shown to result in a significantly reduced uptake by the reticuloendothelial system (Allen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1068:133 (1991); Allen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)). Liposomes can also be prepared to target particular cells or organs by varying phospholipid composition or by inserting receptors or ligands into the liposomes. For example, liposomes, prepared with a high content of a nonionic surfactant, have been used to target the liver (Hayakawa et ah, Japanese Patent 04- 244,01δ; Kato et ah, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 76:960 (1993)). These formulations were prepared by mixing soybean phospatidylcholine, α-tocopherol, and ethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil (HCO-60) in methanol, concentrating the mixture under vacuum, and then reconstituting the mixture with water. A liposomal formulation of dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) with a soybean-derived sterylglucoside mixture (SG) and cholesterol (Ch) has also been shown to target the liver (Shimizu et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 20:881 (1997)).
Alternatively, various targeting ligands can be bound to the surface of the liposome, such as antibodies, antibody fragments, carbohydrates, vitamins, and transport proteins. For example, liposomes can be modified with branched type galactosyllipid derivatives to target asialoglycoprotein (galactose) receptors, which are exclusively expressed on the surface of liver cells (Kato and Sugiyama, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:287 (1997); Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 20:259 (1997)). Similarly, Wu et ah, Hepatology 27:772 (199δ), have shown that labeling liposomes with asialofetuin led to a shortened liposome plasma half-life and greatly enhanced uptake of asialofetuin-labeled liposome by hepatocytes. On the other hand, hepatic accumulation of liposomes comprising branched type galactosyllipid derivatives can be inhibited by preinjection of asialofetuin (Murahashi et ah, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 20:259 (1997)). Polyaconitylated human serum albumin liposomes provide another approach for targeting liposomes to liver cells (Kamps et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 94:11681 (1997)). Moreover, Geho, et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,603,044, describe a hepatocyte-directed liposome vesicle delivery system, which has specificity for hepatobiliary receptors associated with the specialized metabolic cells of the liver. In a more general approach to tissue targeting, target cells are prelabeled with biotinylated antibodies specific for a ligand expressed by the target cell (Harasym et ah, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (199δ)). After plasma elimination of free antibody, streptavidin-conjugated liposomes are administered. In another approach, targeting antibodies are directly attached to liposomes (Harasym et ah, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)).
Polypeptides having zacrpδ activity can be encapsulated within liposomes using standard techniques of protein microencapsulation (see, for example, Anderson et ah, Infect. Immun. 37:1099 (1981), Anderson et ah, Cancer Res. 50:1853 (1990), and Cohen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1063:95 (1991), Alving et al. "Preparation and Use of Liposomes in Immunological Studies," in Liposome Technology, 2nd Edition, Vol. IH, Gregoriadis (ed.), page 317 (CRC Press 1993), Wassef et ah, Meth. Enzymol. 749:124 (1987)). As noted above, therapeutically useful liposomes may contain a variety of components. For example, liposomes may comprise lipid derivatives of poly(ethylene glycol) (Allen et ah, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
Degradable polymer microspheres have been designed to maintain high systemic levels of therapeutic proteins. Microspheres are prepared from degradable polymers such as poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly (ortho esters), nonbiodegradable ethyl vinyl acetate polymers, in which proteins are entrapped in the polymer (Gombotz and Pettit, Bioconjugate Chem. 6:332 (1995); Ranade, "Role of Polymers in Drug Delivery," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 51-93 (CRC Press 1995); Roskos and Maskiewicz, "Degradable Controlled Release Systems Useful for Protein Delivery," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 45-92 (Plenum Press 1997); Bartus et ah, Science 287:1161 (1998); Putney and Burke, Nature Biotechnology 16:153 (1998); Putney, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 2:548 (1998)). Polyethylene glycol (PEG)-coated nanospheres can also provide carriers for intravenous administration of therapeutic proteins (see, for example, Gref et ah, Pharm. Biotechnoh 10:167 (1997)). The present invention also contemplates chemically modified polypeptides having zacrpδ activity, such as a zacrpδ polypeptide, zacrpδ agonists, and zacrpδ antagonists, for example anti-zacrpδ antibodies, which a polypeptide is linked with a polymer, as discussed above.
Other dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by
Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
As an illustration, pharmaceutical compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises a zacrpδ polypeptide or a zacrpδ antagonist (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment that binds a zacrpδ polypeptide). Therapeutic polypeptides can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection. Alternatively, such a kit can include a dry-powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide. Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the zacrpδ composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to zacrp8.
A subject can be treated with a pharmaceutical composition comprising a zacrpδ peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein that is in the form of an oligomer. Hlustrative oligomers include trimers, hexamers, 9mers, and lδmers. Pharmaceutical compositions can also comprise a mixture of zacrpδ oligomers. For example, a pharmaceutical composition can comprises a mixture of trimers and hexamers of a polypeptide that comprises amino acid residues 26 to 333 of SEQ JO NO:2. h particular trimer-hexamer mixtures, the ratio of trimer/hexamer may be in the range of about 1/99, 2/98, 3/97, 4/95, 5/95, 6/94, 7/93, 8/92, 9/91, 10/90, 11/89, 12/88, 13/87, 14/86, 15/85, 16/84, 17/83, 18/82, 19/81, 20/δO, 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 75/25, δO/20, 81/19, 82/18, 83/17, 84/16, 85/15, 86/14, 87/13, 88/12, 89/11, 90/10, 91/9, 92/8, 93/7, 94/6, 95/5, 96/4, 97/3, 98/2, or 99/1. Certain pharmaceutical compositions comprise a mixture of oligomers in which the trimer/hexamer ratio lies in the range of about 5/95 to about 20/80. A zacrpδ peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein can be administered to a subject with or without an additional therapeutic agent. These therapeutic agents can be administered before, concomitant with, or after the administration of a zacrp8 peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein. Combination therapy can be used to treat disorders and diseases as described herein. For example, the combination of a zacrpδ peptide, polypeptide, or fusion protein with at least one other therapeutic agent can be used to treat, for instance, acute myocardial infarction.
Educational Uses
Polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention will be useful as educational tools in laboratory practicum kits for courses related to genetics and molecular biology, protein chemistry, and antibody production and analysis. Due to its unique polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences, molecules of zacrpδ can be used as standards or as "unknowns" for testing purposes. For example, zacrpδ polynucleotides can be used as an aid, such as, for example, to teach a student how to prepare expression constructs for bacterial, viral, or mammalian expression, including fusion constructs, wherein zacrpS is the gene to be expressed; for determining the restriction endonuclease cleavage sites of the polynucleotides; determining mRNA and DNA localization of zacrpδ polynucleotides in tissues (i.e., by northern and Southern blotting as well as polymerase chain reaction); and for identifying related polynucleotides and polypeptides by nucleic acid hybridization.
Zacrpδ polypeptides can be used as an aid to teach preparation of antibodies; identifying proteins by western blotting; protein purification; determining the weight of produced zacrpδ polypeptides as a ratio to total protein produced; identifying peptide cleavage sites; coupling amino and carboxyl terminal tags; amino acid sequence analysis, as well as, but not limited to monitoring biological activities of both the native and tagged protein in vitro and in vivo.
Zacrpδ polypeptides can also be used to teach analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, especially of the four alpha helices, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution. For example, a t containing the zacrpδ can be given to the student to analyze. Since the amino acid sequence would be known by the instructor, the protein can be given to the student as a test to determine the skills or develop the skills of the student, the instructor would then know whether or not the student has correctly analyzed the polypeptide. Since every polypeptide is unique, the educational utility of zacrpδ would be unique unto itself.
The antibodies which bind specifically to zacrpδ can be used as a teaching aid to instruct students how to prepare affinity chromatography columns to purify zacrpδ, cloning and sequencing the polynucleotide that encodes an antibody and thus as a practicum for teaching a student how to design humanized antibodies. The zacrpδ gene, polypeptide, or antibody would then be packaged by reagent companies and sold to educational institutions so that the students gain skill in art of molecular biology. Because each gene and protein is unique, each gene and protein creates unique challenges and learning experiences for students in a lab practicum. Such educational kits containing the zacrpδ gene, polypeptide, or antibody are considered within the scope of the present invention.
Therapeutic Uses ofZaapδ Nucleotide Sequences
The present invention includes the use of zacrpδ nucleotide sequences to provide zacrp8 to a subject in need of such treatment. In addition, a therapeutic expression vector can be provided that inhibits zacrpδ gene expression, such as an anti- sense molecule, a ribozyme, or an external guide sequence molecule.
There are numerous approaches to introduce a zacrpδ gene to a subject, including the use of recombinant host cells that express zacrp8, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding zacrpδ, use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes zacrpδ, and the use of viruses that express zacrpδ, such as recombinant retroviruses, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenoviruses, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses (see, for example, Mulligan, Science 260:926 (1993), Rosenberg et ah, Science 242:1575 (1988), LaSalle et ah, Science 259:98δ (1993), Wolff et ah, Science 247:1465 (1990), Breakfield and Deluca, Tlie New Biologist 3:203 (1991)). In an ex vivo approach, for example, cells are isolated from a subject, transfected with a vector that expresses a zacrpδ gene, and then transplanted into the subject.
In order to effect expression of a zacrpδ gene, an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a zacrpδ gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription. The general requirements of an expression vector are described above.
Alternatively, a zacrpδ gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 11498 (1993), Kolls et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:215 (1994), Li et ah, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et ah, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et ah, Cell 75:207 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:10613 (1993)), alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:857 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et ah, Science 243:1188 (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,5δ7, 5,2δδ,641 and 5,32δ,6δδ), parvovirus vectors (Koering et ah, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox virus vectors (Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 793:653 (1993), Panicali and Paoletti, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 79:4927 (19δ2)), pox viruses, such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:317 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (19δ9)), and retroviruses (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:729 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 53:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci. Res 33:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:962 (1993), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:3860 (1993), and Anderson et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,399,346). Within various embodiments, either the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
As an illustration of one system, adenovirus, a double-stranded DNA virus, is a well-characterized gene transfer vector for delivery of a heterologous nucleic acid molecule (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994); Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)). The adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters. In addition, adenoviruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream. Using adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted, inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid. In an exemplary system, the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., , the highly vascularized liver).
Moreover, adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector. Such adenoviruses are El-deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2022 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (199δ)). The deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfitano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (199δ)). By deleting the entire adenovirus genome, very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. Generation of so called "gutless" adenoviruses, where all viral genes are deleted, are particularly advantageous for insertion of large inserts of heterologous DNA (for a review, see Yeh. and Perricaudet, FASEB J. 11:615 (1997)). High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods. For example, recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol 75:1211 (1994), Visalli and Brandt, Virology 185:419 (1991), Grau et ah, Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 30:2474 (1989), Brandt et ah, J. Virol. Meth. 36:209 (1992), and by Brown and MacLean (eds.), HSV Virus Protocols (Humana Press 1997). Alternatively, an expression vector comprising a zacrpδ gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes. Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et ah, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (1988)). The use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting. Targeted peptides (e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters), proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration of a zacrpδ nucleic acid molecules. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 76:867 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
In an alternative approach to gene therapy, a therapeutic gene may encode a zacrpδ anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of zacrpδ. Methods of preparing anti-sense constructs are known to those in the art. See, for example, Erickson et ah, Dev. Genet. 14:274 (1993) [transgenic mice], Augustine et al., Dev. Genet. 14:500 (1993) [murine whole embryo culture], and Olson and Gibo, Exp. Cell Res. 247:134 (199δ) [cultured cells]. Suitable sequences for zacrpδ anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of zacrpδ disclosed herein.
Alternatively, an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme. Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337). In the context of the present invention, ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with zacrpδ mRNA. hi another approach, expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a zacrpδ gene. According to this approach, an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altman et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053, Yuan et ah, Science 263:1269 (1994), Pace et ah, international publication No. WO 96/lδ733, George et ah, international publication No. WO 96/21731, and Werner et ah, international publication No. WO 97/33991). Preferably, the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to zacrpδ mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine. The external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5 '-side of the base-paired region.
In general, the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a zacrpδ nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus, will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor.
A composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As noted above, a composition, such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)).
For purposes of therapy, a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. When the subject treated with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus is a human, then the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy. That is, the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
The present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2. In one embodiment, the at least a portion of SEQ ID NO: 2 includes SEQ ID NO: 2 amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, to 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330. In another embodiment, the polypeptide comprises or consists of SEQ ID NO:2. hi another embodiment, the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is covalently linked at the amino or carboxyl terminus to a moiety selected from the group consisting of affinity tags, toxins, radionucleotides, enzymes and fluorophores. In yet another embodiment, the isolated polypeptide disclosed above is in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. The present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least 15, 30, 45, and/or 60 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO2.
The present invention also provides an antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds to a polypeptide as disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the antibody is selected from the group consisting of a polyclonal antibody, a murine monoclonal antibody, a humanized antibody derived from a murine monoclonal antibody, an antibody fragment, and a human monoclonal antibody. In one embodiment, the antibody fragment is as disclosed above, wherein the antibody fragment is selected from the group consisting of F(ab'), F(ab), Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition unit. The present invention also provides an anti-idiotype antibody that specifically binds to the antibody as disclosed above.
The present invention also provides a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion includes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1- 330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide. For example, fusion proteins of the present invention encompass an immunoglobulin fragment and a zacrpδ peptide or polypeptide, as described herein. The immunoglobulin moiety of such a fusion protein includes at least one constant region of an immunoglobulin. Preferably, the immunoglobulin moiety represents a segment of a human immunoglobulin. The second portion of the fusion protein may optionally include another member of the adipocyte complement related family of proteins. The present invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO.T, or a complement thereof, under hybridization conditions of 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone), and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA at about 42°C to about 70°C. The nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of a polypeptide. Optionally, the nucleic acid molecule may encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2. The nucleic acid molecule may also encode at least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the at the least a portion of SEQ ID NO:2 is selected from the group of amino acid residues consisting of 1 to 16, 1 to 25, 1 to 196, 1 to 330,1 to 196, 1 to 330, 16 to 25, 16 to 196, 16 to 330, 26 to 196, 26 to 330, and 199 to 330. The nucleic acid molecule may encode a polypeptide represented by SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of: a) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:l; and b) a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:3. The isolated nucleic molecule may include, for instance, nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO:3 wherein the nucleotides are selected from the group consisting of 144 to 1142, 144 to 731, 144 to lδδ, 189 to 1142, 189 to 731, 219 to 1142, 219 to 731, 738 to 1142, 144 to 1145, 189 to 1145, 219 to 1145 to 738 to 1145, and combinations thereof. The present invention also provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion comprises a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) amino acid residues 1-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; b) amino acid residues 16-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; c) amino acid residues 199-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; d) amino acid residues 1-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; e) amino acid residues 16-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; f) amino acid residues 26-196 of SEQ ID NO:2; g) amino acid residues 26-330 of SEQ ID NO:2; h) amino acid residues 16-25 of SEQ ID NO:2; and i) combinations thereof; and the second portion comprising another polypeptide.
The present invention also provides an expression vector comprising the following operably linked elements: a transcription promoter; a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide of the present invention; and a transcription terminator.
The present invention also provides a cultured cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein, wherein said cell expresses said polypeptide encoded by said DNA segment, fllustrative host cells include bacterial, yeast, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells. Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce zacrpδ polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the zacrpδ protein, and, optionally, isolating the zacrpδ protein from the cultured recombinant host cells. The present invention also provides a method of producing a polypeptide comprising: culturing a cell into which has been introduced an expression vector as disclosed herein; whereby the cell expresses the polypeptide encoded by the DNA segment; and recovering the expressed polypeptide.
The present invention also provides kits for performing these detection methods. For example, a kit for detection of zacrpδ gene expression may comprise a container that comprises a nucleic acid molecule, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.T, and (c) a nucleic acid molecule consisting of at least 15, 30, 45, or 60 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l, or complements thereof. Hlustrative nucleic acid molecules include nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotides 189 to 1142, 219 to 1142, or 73δ to 1142 of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement thereof. Such a kit may also comprise a second container that comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of the nucleic acid molecule. On the other hand, a kit for detection of zacrp8 protein may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
Production of Transgenic Mice
Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the zacrpδ gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of zacrpδ can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess zacrpδ. Transgenic mice that over-express zacrpδ also provide model bioreactors for production of zacrpδ in the milk or blood of larger animals. Methods for producing transgenic mice are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic
Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), Monastersky and Robl (eds.), Strategies in
Transgenic Animal Science (ASM Press 1995), and Abbud and Nilson, "Recombinant Protein Expression in Transgenic Mice," in Gene Expression Systems: Using Nature for the Art of Expression, Fernandez and Hoeffler (eds.), pages 367-397 (Academic Press, Inc. 1999)).
For example, a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a zacrpδ gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)). The donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 lU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation. Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating. Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma). Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO2, 5% O2, and 90% N2 at 37°C. The eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator until microinjection.
Ten to twenty micrograms of plasmid DNA containing a zacrpδ encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH
7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH δ.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection. For example, the zacrpδ encoding sequences can encode the amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2.
Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO2-equilibrated mineral oil. The DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei. Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator.
The following day, two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients. The recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds. Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope. A small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen. The reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape. The fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
With a fine transfer pipette containing mineral oil followed by alternating W640 and air bubbles, 12-17 healthy two-cell embryos from the previous day's injection are transferred into the recipient. The swollen ampulla is located and; holding the oviduct between the ampulla and the bursa, a nick in the oviduct is made with a 28 g needle close to the bursa, making sure not to tear the ampulla or the bursa.
The pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in, allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette. The fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in. The peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip. The mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours.
The recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning. The weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors. Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a
QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a zacrpδ gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
To check for expression of a transgene in a live animal, a partial hepatectomy is performed. A surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process. Using sterile technique, a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized. Using 4-0 silk, a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity. An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie. A distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish. The excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice. The surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively. The animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery. The expression level of zacrp8 mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
In addition to producing transgenic mice that over-express zacrpδ, it is useful to engineer transgenic mice with either abnormally low or no expression of the gene. Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of zacrpδ. As discussed above, zacrpδ gene expression can be inhibited using anti- sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes. To produce transgenic mice that under-express the zacrpδ gene, such inhibitory sequences are targeted to zacrpδ mRNA. Methods for producing transgenic mice that have abnormally low expression of a particular gene are known to those in the art (see, for example, Wu et ah, "Gene Underexpression in Cultured Cells and Animals by Antisense DNA and RNA Strategies," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 205-224 (CRC Press 1997)).
An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no zacrpδ gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal zacrpδ allele replaced by a nonfunctional zacrpδ gene. One method of designing a nonfunctional zacrpδ gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes zacrpδ. Standard methods for producing these so-called "knockout mice" are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et ah, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)).
The present invention is further illustrated by the following non-limiting examples.
Examples
Example 1 Identification of zacrpδ
The novel zacrpδ polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of the present invention was initially identified by querying an EST database for proteins having homology to adipocyte complement related proteins, characterized by a signal sequence, a collagen-like domain and a Clq domain. Polypeptides corresponding to ESTs meeting those search criteria were compared to known sequences to identify unknown proteins having homology to adipocyte complement related proteins. An assembled EST cluster was generated and predicted to be a secreted protein. The resulting 1145 bp sequence is disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 1.
Example 2 Human Zacrpδ Tissue Distribution Expression based on RT-PCR Analysis of Multiple
Tissue First-Strand cDNAs Gene expression of zacrpδ was examined using a commercially available normalized multiple tissue first-strand cDNA panel (OriGene Technologies, Inc. Rockville, MD). The OriGene Human Tissue Rapid-Scan™ Panel (Cat. #CHSCA-101) contains 22 different tissues, bone marrow, and plasma blood leucocytes.
PCR reactions were set up using the zacrp8 specific oligo primers zc41,713, 5' gggaacataaactcacaggacacc 3' (SEQ ID NO.T5), and zc41,719, 5' gtcatcgtcctcatcagcaaaca 3' (SEQ ID NO: 16), which yield a 921 bp product, Qiagen HotStarTaq DNA Polymerase and Buffer (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia, CA), GeneAmp dNTPs (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA), and 7?e< iLoad™ dye (Research Genetics, Inc., Huntville, AL). The PCR cycler conditions were as follows: an initial 1 cycle 15 minute denaturation at 95°C, 35 cycles of a 30 second denaturation at 94°C, 30 second annealing at 68°C and 1 minute and 30 second extension at 72°C, followed by a final 1 cycle extension of 3 minutes at 72°C. The reactions were separated by electrophoresis on a 2% agarose gel (EM Science, Gibbstown, NJ) and visualized by staining with ethidium bromide.
A DNA fragment of the correct size was observed in the following human adult tissues: adrenal, heart, muscle, placenta, prostate, salivary, small intestine, spleen, stomach, testis, thyroid, uterus, and fetal liver. The highest expression was seen in heart, muscle, and placenta, followed by testis, stomach and small intestine. The other positive tissues showed weak expression.
Example 3 Zacrpδ Expression and Purification
A. Expression of zacrpδ in Baby Hampster Kidney (BHK) Cells
The cDNA for zacrpδ was PCR amplified to add a C-terminal Glu-Glu tag along with Not! and Bgl H sites at the 5' and 3' termini respectively. Primer zc41651 (CACACAGGCCGGCCACCATGAGGATCTGGTGGCTTCTGC) (SEQ ID NO: 17) and zc41646
(CACACAGATCTTACTCCATGGGCATGTACTCCGGGCTGCTGAACAGAAGG AACC) (SEQ ID NO: 18) with the KOD Hot Start DNA Polymerase kit (EMD Biosciences, Madision WI) were used to amplify zacrpδ cDNA per kit instructions with the addition of 10% DMSO. PCR conditions were as follows: DNA template was denatured at 94°C for 5 minutes, followed by lδ cycles at 90°C for 30 seconds; 54°C for 20 seconds; 65°C for 20 seconds followed by 1 cycle at 65°C for 10 minutes. The PCR reaction product was loaded onto a 1.0% (low melt) SEAPLAQUE GTG (FMC BioProducts; Rockland, ME) gel in TAE buffer. The zacrpδ PCR product was excised from the gel, melted at 65°C, phenol extracted twice and then ethanol precipitated. The PCR product was then digested with Fsel-Bgl II, phenol/chloroform extracted, ethanol precipitated, and rehydrated in 20μl dH O.
The cDNA was cloned into the Fsel-Bgl II sites of pZMP31. Ligation was performed using the FAST-LINK DNA ligation and screening kit (EPICENTRE TECHNOLOGIES; Madison, WI). Clones containing the zacrpδ cDNA were identified by standard mini prep procedures. The pZMP31 plasmids containing the cDNA for zacrp8 were transfected into BHK 570 cells by the following procedure. In a 1.7ml tube: 16μg DNA was diluted to 640μl with serum free DMEM (Gibco-BRL). In a separate 1.7ml tube, 35 μl Lipofectamine (Gibco-BRL) was diluted to 640μl with serum free DMEM per manufacturers instructions. The lipofectamine mix was added to the DNA and mixed gently and stored at room temperature for 15 minutes. The lipid/DNA complexes were added to a 10cm dish of BHK cells (50-60% confluent) with 5 ml serum free media. After 6 hours, the serum free media was replaced with complete growth media (DMEM, 5% FBS, 2mM GlutaMAX-1, and lmM sodium pyruvate (Gibco-BRL). After 24 hours, luM methyltrexate was added to the media to select for transfected cells. Conditioned media was collected in serum free DMEM media and zacrpδ was purified.
B. Purification
The recombinant zacrpδ protein tagged with EE tag (EYMPME) at its C-terminus was recovered from the conditioned culture media of the stable, polyclonal BHK-infected population of cells. Cultures were harvested, and the media were filtered using a 0.20 μm filter.
Zacrp8-CEE was purified from the conditioned media by an anti-EE antibody affinity column and size-exclusion chromatography. Filtered culture media were directly loaded at 17 ml/minute onto a 20x190mm (60-ml bed volume) anti- EYMPME (anti-EE) antibody affinity column. The column was first washed with one column volume (cv) of 50mM MES, 1M NaCl, pH 6.7, and the bound protein was subsequently eluted with 1-cv of 0.1M Glycine, pH 3. Six-ml fractions were collected. Samples from the anti-EE antibody affinity column were analyzed by SDS -PAGE with silver staining for the presence of zacrp8-CEE. Zacrp8-CEE-containing fractions were pooled and concentrated to a few mis using Biomax-5 concentrator (Millipore), and sieved through a 26x6000 mm Superdex 200 gel-filtration column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) using lOmM Acetate, 300mM NaCl, pH5 as the buffer. Four-ml fractions containing purified zacrpδ-CEE dimer and monomer were pooled, filtered through 0.2 μm filter, and frozen at -δO°C. The concentration of the final purified protein was determined by BCA assay (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, JL) and HPLC- amino acid analysis.
C. Analysis Recombinant zacrpδ-CEE protein was analyzed by SDS-PAGE (Bis-Tris
Nupage™ gel, 4-12%; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) with silver staining (Fast Silver, Geno Tech, St. Louis, MO) and Western blotting using an anti-EE mouse monoclonal antibody. Either the conditioned media or purified protein was electrophoresed using a commercially available blotting apparatus (Novex® Xcell H™ mini-cell; Invitrogen) and transferred to nitrocellulose filters (0.2μm; Invitrogen) at room temperature using a blot module (Xcell H™; Invitrogen) according to directions provided in the instrument manual. The transfer was run at 500 mA for one hour in a buffer containing 25 mM Tris base, 200 mM glycine, and 20% methanol. The blots were then blocked with 10% non-fat dry milk in PBS for 10 minutes at room temperature. The blots were probed with mouse primary antibody, diluted 1:5000 in PBS containing 3% non-fat dry milk for one hour at room temperature. Following the incubation, blots were washed three times for 10 minutes each in PBS, then labeled with a secondary antibody (goat anti- mouse IgG conjugated to horseradish peroxidase, Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL) diluted 1:5000 in PBS containing 3% non-fat dry milk and incubated for one hour at room temperature. The blots were then washed three times, 10 minutes each, in PBS. The blots were developed using commercially available chemiluminescent substrate reagents (SuperSignal® ULTRA reagents 1 and 2 mixed 1:1; reagents obtained from Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL), and the signal was captured using commercially available software (Lumi-Imager™ LumiAnalyst 3.0; Boehringer Mannheim GmbH, Germany). The purified Zacrpδ-CEE protein contained monomer, dimer, and multimers as determined by the silver-stained gels. The dimer protein migrated as about δ5-kDa under non-reducing conditions. The monomer pool migrated as about 42 kDa band under both non-reducing and reducing conditions.
BHK cells transfected with zacrpδ grew as rounded up cells in suspension. Non transfected cells and cells transfected with vector alone grew as attached monolayers with fibroblast characteristics. Data is consistent with the interference, interaction, or modulation with the extra-cellular matrix as shown in Figure 1.
Example 4 -terminal sequencing of human zacrpδ Standard automated N-terminal polypeptide sequencing (Ed an degradation) was performed using reagents from Applied Biosystems. N-terminal sequence analysis was performed on a Model 494 Protein Sequencer System (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA). Data analysis was performed with Model 610A Data Analysis System for Protein Sequencing, version 2.1a (Applied Biosystems).
A zacrp8-CEE sample was captured on Protein G Sepharose/anti-EE beads and supplied after elution with 0.2M glycine buffer, pH 3.4, 0.5M sodium chloride and neutralization with tris buffer. This sample was placed in reducing LDS
NuPAGE sample buffer (Invitrogen) and heated on a boiling water bath before running on SDS PAGE, using a Novex SDS PAGE system (4-12% Bis-Tris MES NuPAGE; Invitrogen) as per manufacturer's instructions. The gel was electrotransf erred to a Novex PVDF membrane (Invitrogen), and Coomassie blue stained (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) using standard methods. Corresponding anti-EE Western blots were performed to identify the zacrpδ band for N-terminal protein sequencing. The anti-EE IgG HRP conjugated antibody used was produced in house.
N-terminal sequence analysis of the secreted zacrpδ polypeptide verified the predicted cleavage site of the signal sequence resulting in a mature start at 16 (Asn) in reference to SEQ ID NO:2.
Example 5 Monocyte Binding Assay A. FIT-Label ZacrpδCEE
ZacrpδCEE was fluorescein isothiocynate (FITC) labeled as follows: 500μg zacrpδCEE was added to a Slide-A-Lyzer (Pierce Biotechnology) and dialyzed into 50mM Sodium Borate + 10% DMSO pH δ.l for two hours - overnight, where the dialysis buffer was changed once. To the Slide-A-Lyzer containing dialyzed zacrpδ protein, 10 molar excess of Img/mL FTTC in DMSO was added. The Slide-A-Lyzer was wrapped in foil to protect from light and incubated on a rocker at room temperature (RT) for 1-2 hours. The unreacted FTTC was neutralized by adding 1:10 reaction volume 2M Tris pH δ.O to the Slide-A-Lyzer and was incubated at RT for one hour. The buffer was changed by dialyzing 2.5 hours with 2 buffer changes into lOmM Acetate pH 5.0 + 225mM NaCl. The FJTC-labeled zacrpδ protein was removed from the Slide-A-Lyzer to a 1.5mL tube covered in foil to protect from light. Zacrpδ protein concentration was determined by a BCA assay. The FTTC-labeled zacrpδ protein was visualized on a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel with MES-SDS buffer. Samples were reduced using DTT and heated at 70°C for 10 minutes before loading the gel. The gel was ran and visualized under UV light. A band of the expected molecular weight was observed.
B. Isolation of White Blood Cells from. Fresh Wliole Blood Thirty mL of heparinized fresh whole blood was diluted with an equal volume of PBS into 2-50mL tubes, 30mL volume each. Using a spinal tap needle, 15mL (1/2 volume) Ficoll-Paque underneath the diluted blood was slowly injected, allowing the two layers to separate. With minimal disturbance, tubes were carefully moved to the centrifuge and placed in sealed buckets. The tubes were spun at RT for 20 minutes, 2000 RPM with brake turned OFF. After centrifugation, white blood cells (WBC) were at the interface between the top two liquid layers. A portion of the top layer was aspirated off to provide better access to the WBC. The WBC layer was removed by carefully skimming with a plastic transfer pipette and placed cells in a new tube (removal of the surrounding liquid layers is likely, but removal of the top layer is preferred). The tube containing the cells was filled with RT PBS to wash. Centrifuged at 1500 RPM for 5 minutes (brake turned ON). Aspirated PBS and repeated wash X 2, centrifuging at 1000 RPM. After the third wash, the cells were resuspended in 15mL PBS and counted using a hemacytometer and Trypan Blue. Aliquots of 1 x 106 cells per sample were transferred to FACS tubes.
C. ZacrpδCEE Binding to Immune Cells
The aliquotted WBC were washed by filling the FACS tubes with FACS
Buffer (FB) and centrifuging at 1000 RPM for 5 minutes. The FB was decanted and the tubes were blotted on paper towel. FITC-labeled zacrp8 protein was diluted in FB to the following concentrations: lOμg mL, lμg/mL, O.l g/mL. One hundred microliters of appropriate zacrp8 protein dilution per WBC sample was added (see Table 4 below).
One hundred microliters of FB was added to 0 μg/mL sample. The samples were incubated on ice for 30 minutes. The tubes were filled with FB and centrifuged as above. The FB was decanted and the tubes were blotted on paper towel. The FACS stains were diluted so that final concentration in a lOOμL reaction were as follows:
Table 4
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Appropriate FACS stains were added to samples as follows (Unstained,
CD14-F1TC only, CD56-PE only, CD19-Cychrome only, CD3-APC only, CD14-
FTTC/CD56-PE/CD19-Cychrome/CD3-APC, 10, 1, 0.1 or Oug/mL FTTC-zacrpδ +, CD56-PE/CD19-Cychrome/CD3-APC), and were incubate on ice in the dark for 30 minutes.
The tubes were filled with FB and centrifuged as above. The FB was decanted and the tubes were blotted on paper towel. The cells were fixed with 1-2% paraformaldehyde in a final volume of approximately lOOuL. The cells were stored overnight at 4°C in the dark until analysis was completed.
D. Flow Cytometry
Cells were stored in 1% Paraformaldehyde at 4 degrees until acquisition. Samples were acquired on a FACSCaliber (Becton Dickenson). Acquisition as well as analysis of samples was performed using CellQuest software (Becton Dickenson). Instrument settings were checked against parameters determined with previous PBL (peripheral blood leukocyte) experiments and adjusted accordingly. Gates were established using Forward Scatter versus Side Scatter (FSC vs. SSC) properties to monitor monocytes (R2) and other leukocytes (Rl). Acquisition limits were defined as 10000 monocytes (R2) to assure that adequate numbers of all cell types of interest would be available for analysis. All events were collected and stored electronically.
Cell populations were gated based on their FSC vs. SSC properties as well as their respective fluorescent markers. Monocytes were verified by marker (CD14-FITC) in one initial sample and the R2 gate was adjusted to contain -95% CD14-FirC positive cells. This R2 gate was relied upon for the identification of subsequent monocyte populations in samples utilizing FTTC for protein binding. NK cells were identified by FSC vs. SSC (Rl) and verified by CD56-PE fluorescence and quadrants and gating established accordingly. Likewise, T-cells were identified by FSC vs. SSC (Rl) and verified by CD3-APC fluorescence and B-cells were identified by FSC vs. SSC (Rl) and verified by CD19-CyChrome fluorescence. Analysis of binding to zacrpδCEE-FTTC was performed on all cell types using the parameters described above, as well as further definition of cell population. Monocytes were exclusively defined by R2, as determined by the FSC vs. SSC gate described above. For all other cell types a gate was defined which encompassed fluorescent marker verification in addition to FSC vs. SSC properties in a Boolean operation. For example, NK cells equaled all events that satisfied both Rl (lymphocytes) and R4 (CD56-PE positive events). Similarly, T-cells were Rl and R5 (CD3 positive) and B-cells were Rl and R6 (CD19 positive). Each of these populations was graphed on overlay histograms with FTTC fluorescence on the X-axis and cell number on the Y-axis. Increased fluorescence over background was indicative of binding to protein.
ZacrpδCEE-FTTC test protein was found to bind monocytes at lOμg/ml, but not lower concentrations, in two separate experiments with two separate donors, but not B cells, T cells or NK cells at the tested concentrations.
Example 6 Keratinocyte Migration Assay Wells of a 24 well tissue culture plate were coated with zacrpδCEE, zacrp4N-flag (Holloway et al., International Patent Publication No. WO 01/025654), or no protein at 50ug/ml in 0.1M NaHCO3 (pH 8.6) overnight at 4°C. The next morning the protein solution was removed and the wells rinsed with media. V-Ha-Ras stably transduced human keratinocyte HaCaT cells (HaCaT) were seeded at 2X106 cells per well and left overnight in complete DMEM media to adhere. The next morning the wells were confluent. Cells were treated with 50uM mitomycin C for 3 hours at 37°C to inhibit cell proliferation. A gap was introduced into the monolayer with a pipette tip and complete media added. The gap was monitored for 72 hours. Wells not coated with protein and wells coated with zacrp4N-flag did not fill in the gap while wells coated with zacrpδCEE filled in the gap (Figure 2). These resulted demonstrate the ability of zacrpδCEE to promote keratinocyte migration. The complete disclosure of all patents, patent applications, and publications, and electronically available material (e.g., GenBank amino acid and nucleotide sequence submissions) cited herein are incorporated by reference. The foregoing detailed description and examples have been given for clarity of understanding only. No unnecessary limitations are to be understood therefrom. The invention is not limited to the exact details shown and described, for variations obvious to one skilled in the art will be included within the invention defined by the claims.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26-333 of SEQ ID NO:2.
2. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide comprises SEQ ID NO:2.
3. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide is SEQ ID NO:2.
4. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide is covalently linked at the amino or carboxyl terminus to a moiety selected from the group consisting of affinity tags, toxins, radionucleotides, enzymes and fluorophores.
5. An antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
6. The antibody of claim 5, wherein the antibody is selected from the group consisting of a polyclonal antibody, a murine monoclonal antibody, a humanized antibody derived from a murine monoclonal antibody, an antibody fragment, neutralizing antibody, and a human monoclonal antibody.
7. The antibody fragment of claim 5, wherein the antibody fragment is selected from the group consisting of F(ab'), F(ab), Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition unit.
8. An anti-idiotype antibody comprising an anti-idiotype antibody that specifically binds to the antibody of claim 5.
9. A composition comprising: an isolated polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26-333 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
10. The composition of claim 9 wherein composition comprises an oligomerized complex of the polypeptide.
11. The composition of claim 10 wherein the oligomerized complex comprises a trimer of the polypeptide.
12. The composition of claim 10 wherein the oligomerized complex comprises a hexamer of the polypeptide.
13. The composition of claim 10 wherein the oligomerized complex comprises a lδmer of the polypeptide.
14. The composition of claim 10 wherein the composition comprises a mixture of polypeptide trimers and polypeptide hexamers.
15. The composition of claim 14 whererin the mixture is about 90 percent hexamer and about 10 percent trimer.
16. A fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion comprises a polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26-333 of SEQ ID NO:2; and the second portion comprises another polypeptide.
17. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein the second portion is an immuglobulin moiety comprising at least one constant region.
lδ. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein the second portion is another member of the adipocyte complement related protein family.
19. An isolated nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO:l, or a complement thereof, under hybridization conditions of 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA at about 42°C to about 70°C.
20. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 19 wherein the nucleic acid molecule encodes an isolated polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26-333 of SEQ ID NO:2.
21. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 20 wherein encoded polypeptide comprises SEQ ID NO:2.
22. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 20 wherein the encoded polypeptide is SEQ H) NO:2.
23. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 189-1142 of SEQ HD NO:l.
24. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 23 wherein the nucleotide sequence comprises nucleotides 144-1142 of SEQ ID NO:l.
25. An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a fusion protein comprising a first portion and a second portion joined by a peptide bond, wherein the first portion comprises a polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 26-333 of SEQ ID NO:2; and the second portion comprises another polypeptide.
26. An expression vector comprising the following operably linked elements: a transcription promoter; a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide of claim 1; and a transcription terminator.
27. A cultured cell into which has been introduced an expression vector of claim 26, wherein the cell expresses the polypeptide encoded by the DNA segment.
28. A method of producing a polypeptide comprising: culturing a cell into which has been introduced an expression vector of claim 26, wherein the cell expresses the polypeptide encoded by the DNA segment; and recovering the expressed polypeptide.
PCT/US2003/013041 2002-04-26 2003-04-25 Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8 WO2003091414A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003587950A JP2005530496A (en) 2002-04-26 2003-04-25 Adipocyte complement related protein ZACRP8
CA002480845A CA2480845A1 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-04-25 Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8
AU2003231773A AU2003231773A1 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-04-25 Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8
EP03747338A EP1504027A4 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-04-25 Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US37598302P 2002-04-26 2002-04-26
US60/375,983 2002-04-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003091414A2 true WO2003091414A2 (en) 2003-11-06
WO2003091414A3 WO2003091414A3 (en) 2004-02-12

Family

ID=29270742

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/013041 WO2003091414A2 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-04-25 Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20040067504A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1504027A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2005530496A (en)
AU (1) AU2003231773A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2480845A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003091414A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2020316422A1 (en) * 2019-07-22 2022-02-17 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Incorporated Multimeric protein domains for multifunctionality and enhanced secretion of therapeutic proteins

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002022802A1 (en) * 2000-09-13 2002-03-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2446610A1 (en) * 2001-06-06 2002-12-12 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 20 human secreted proteins
AU2002351469A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-22 Olivier Blondel Acrp30-like polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002022802A1 (en) * 2000-09-13 2002-03-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE GENBANK [Online] 12 July 2001 ALMEIDA J.: 'Human DNA sequence fro clone RP11-307N16 on chromosome 13, complete sequence', XP002968049 Database accession no. (AL359736) *
See also references of EP1504027A2 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1504027A4 (en) 2005-06-01
US20040067504A1 (en) 2004-04-08
JP2005530496A (en) 2005-10-13
AU2003231773A1 (en) 2003-11-10
EP1504027A2 (en) 2005-02-09
CA2480845A1 (en) 2003-11-06
WO2003091414A3 (en) 2004-02-12
AU2003231773A8 (en) 2003-11-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20050282256A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp13
CA2372805A1 (en) Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism
WO2002008259A2 (en) Human cytokine receptor
US20070066811A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp3x2
US20050032700A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp12
US20040067504A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp8
US20040067552A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp14
US20020155546A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein ZACRP12
US20050048615A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp11
US20030166049A1 (en) Human secreted protein, Zsig47
US20020160474A1 (en) Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp11
CA2358873A1 (en) Human polypeptide having multiple epidermal growth factor (egf) -like domains, zntr2
WO2000042184A1 (en) Zlrr3: a human leucine-rich repeat protein
WO2001044281A2 (en) Human secretin-like g-protein coupled receptor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2480845

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003587950

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003747338

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003747338

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2003747338

Country of ref document: EP